version 0.7.4

config/nimdoc.cfg

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 # Feel free to edit the templates as you need.
 
 split.item.toc = "20"  
-# too long entries in the table of contents get truncated
+# too long entries in the table of contents wrap around
 # after this number of characters
 
 doc.section = """
@@ -138,6 +138,10 @@ pre, span.tok {
   color:black;
 }
 
+span.red {
+  color: #A80000;
+}
+
 /*
 :Author: David Goodger
 :Contact: goodger@python.org

config/nimrod.cfg

@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ path="$lib/extra"
   debugger:off
   line_dir:off
   opt:speed
+  dead_code_elim:on
 @end
 
 # additional options always passed to the compiler:
@@ -51,12 +52,6 @@ hint[LineTooLong]=off
 @end
 
 # Configuration for the LLVM GCC compiler:
-@if windows:
-  llvm_gcc.path = r"$nimrod\dist\llvm-gcc4.2\bin"
-@elif macosx:
-  llvm_gcc.path = 
-    r"/Users/andreasrumpf/download/C/llvm-gcc4.2-2.3-x86-darwin8/bin"
-@end
 llvm_gcc.options.debug = "-g"
 llvm_gcc.options.always = "-w"
 llvm_gcc.options.speed = "-O2"

copying.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 =======================================================
                 The Nimrod Compiler
-         Copyright (C) 2004-2008  Andreas Rumpf
+         Copyright (C) 2004-2009  Andreas Rumpf
 =======================================================
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

data/advopt.txt

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Advanced commands::
-  pas                       convert a Pascal file to Nimrod standard syntax
+  pas                       convert a Pascal file to Nimrod syntax
   pretty                    pretty print the inputfile
   gen_depend                generate a DOT file containing the
                             module dependency graph

data/ast.yml

@@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
   'sfCompileTime',    # proc can be evaluated at compile time
   'sfThreadVar',      # variable is a thread variable
   'sfMerge',          # proc can be merged with itself
+  'sfDeadCodeElim',   # dead code elimination for the module is turned on
 ],
 
 'TypeFlag': [
@@ -116,7 +117,7 @@
   # end of atoms
   'nkDotCall',            # used to temporarily flag a nkCall node; this is used
                           # for transforming ``s.len`` to ``len(s)``
-  'nkCommand',            # a call like ``p 2 4`` without parenthesis
+  'nkCommand',            # a call like ``p 2, 4`` without parenthesis
   'nkCall',               # a call like p(x, y) or an operation like +(a, b)
   'nkGenericCall',        # a call with given type parameters
   'nkExplicitTypeListCall', # a call with given explicit typelist
@@ -125,6 +126,7 @@
   'nkIdentDefs',          # a definition like `a, b: typeDesc = expr`
                           # either typeDesc or expr may be nil; used in
                           # formal parameters, var statements, etc.
+  'nkVarTuple',           # a ``var (a, b) = expr`` construct
   'nkInfix',              # a call like (a + b)
   'nkPrefix',             # a call like !a
   'nkPostfix',            # something like a! (also used for visibility)
@@ -166,6 +168,7 @@
   # end of expressions
 
   'nkAsgn',               # a = b
+  'nkFastAsgn',           # internal node for a fast ``a = b`` (no string copy) 
   'nkDefaultTypeParam',   # `ident = typeDesc` in generic parameters
   'nkGenericParams',      # generic parameters
   'nkFormalParams',       # formal parameters

data/basicopt.txt

@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ Options:
   --bound_checks:on|off     code generation for bound checks ON|OFF
   --overflow_checks:on|off  code generation for over-/underflow checks ON|OFF
   -a, --assertions:on|off   code generation for assertions ON|OFF
+  --dead_code_elim:on|off   whole program dead code elimination ON|OFF
   --opt:none|speed|size     optimize not at all or for speed|size
   --app:console|gui|lib     generate a console|GUI application or a shared lib
   -r, --run                 run the compiled program with given arguments

data/magic.yml

@@ -140,6 +140,7 @@
 'FloatToStr',
 'CStrToStr',
 'StrToStr',
+'EnumToStr',
 
 # special ones:
 'And',
@@ -209,6 +210,8 @@
 'NimrodMinor',
 'NimrodPatch',
 'CpuEndian',
+'HostOS',
+'HostCPU',
 'NaN',
 'Inf',
 'NegInf',

data/messages.yml

@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   'selector must be of an ordinal type'},
 {'errOrdXMustNotBeNegative': 'ord($1) must not be negative'},
 {'errLenXinvalid': 'len($1) must be less than 32768'},
-{'errWrongNumberOfLoopVariables': 'wrong number of loop variables'},
+{'errWrongNumberOfVariables': 'wrong number of variables'},
 {'errExprCannotBeRaised': 'only objects can be raised'},
 {'errBreakOnlyInLoop': "'break' only allowed in loop construct"},
 {'errTypeXhasUnknownSize': "type '$1' has unknown size"},

deinstall.sh

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# 
-# Nimrod deinstallation script
-#   (c) 2008 Andreas Rumpf
-#
-
-if [ $# -eq 1 ] ; then
-  case $1 in
-    "/usr/bin")
-      rm -rf /usr/lib/nimrod
-      rm -rf /usr/share/nimrod/doc
-      rm -f /usr/bin/nimrod
-      rm -f /etc/nimrod.cfg
-      rm -f /etc/nimdoc.cfg || exit 1
-      ;;
-    "/usr/local/bin") 
-      rm -rf /usr/local/lib/nimrod
-      rm -rf /usr/local/share/nimrod/doc
-      rm -f /usr/local/bin/nimrod
-      rm -f /etc/nimrod.cfg
-      rm -f /etc/nimdoc.cfg || exit 1
-      ;;
-    *) 
-      rm -rf $1/nimrod || exit 1
-      ;;
-  esac
-  echo "deinstallation successful"
-else
-  echo "Nimrod deinstallation script"
-  echo "Usage: [sudo] sh deinstall.sh DIR"
-  echo "Where DIR may be:"
-  echo "  /usr/bin"
-  echo "  /usr/local/bin"
-  echo "  /opt"
-  echo "  <some other dir> (treated like '/opt')"
-  exit 1
-fi
-

doc/docs.txt

@@ -3,25 +3,28 @@
 
 The documentation consists of several documents:
 
-- | `First steps after installation <steps.html>`_
+- | `Nimrod tutorial (part I) <tut1.html>`_
-  | Read this after installation for a quick introduction.
+  | The Nimrod tutorial part one deals with the basics.
+
+- | `Nimrod tutorial (part II) <tut2.html>`_
+  | The Nimrod tutorial part two deals with the advanced language constructs.
 
 - | `Nimrod manual <manual.html>`_
-  | Read this to get to know the Nimrod programming system.
+  | The Nimrod manual is a draft that will evolve into a proper specification.
 
 - | `User guide for the Nimrod Compiler <nimrodc.html>`_
-  | The user guide lists command line arguments, Nimrodc's special features, etc.
+  | The user guide lists command line arguments, special features of the
+    compiler, etc.
 
 - | `User guide for the Embedded Nimrod Debugger <endb.html>`_
-  | This document describes how to use the Embedded debugger. The embedded
+  | This document describes how to use the Embedded Debugger. 
-    debugger currently has no GUI. Please help!
 
 - | `Nimrod library documentation <lib.html>`_
   | This document describes Nimrod's standard library.
 
 - | `Nimrod internal documentation <intern.html>`_
   | The internal documentation describes how the compiler is implemented. Read
-    this if you want to hack the compiler or develop advanced macros.
+    this if you want to hack the compiler.
 
 - | `Index <theindex.html>`_
   | The generated index. Often the quickest way to find the piece of

doc/filelist.txt

@@ -4,9 +4,19 @@ Short description of Nimrod's modules
 ==============  ==========================================================
 Module          Description
 ==============  ==========================================================
+nimrod          main module: parses the command line and calls
+                ```main.MainCommand``
+main            implements the top-level command dispatching
 lexbase         buffer handling of the lexical analyser
 scanner         lexical analyser
+pnimsyn         Nimrod's parser
+rnimsyn         Nimrod code renderer (AST back to its textual form)
 
+paslex          lexer for Pascal
+pasparse        parser for Pascal; Pascal's advanced OO features are not
+                supported
+
+options         contains global and local compiler options
 ast             type definitions of the abstract syntax tree (AST) and
                 node constructors
 astalgo         algorithms for containers of AST nodes; converting the
@@ -21,17 +31,20 @@ sigmatch        contains the matching algorithm that is used for proc
 semexprs        contains the semantic checking phase for expressions
 semstmts        contains the semantic checking phase for statements
 semtypes        contains the semantic checking phase for types
+semfold         contains code to deal with constant folding
+evals           contains an AST interpreter for compile time evaluation
+pragmas         semantic checking of pragmas
 
 idents          implements a general mapping from identifiers to an internal
                 representation (``PIdent``) that is used, so that a simple
                 id-comparison suffices to say whether two Nimrod identifiers
                 are equivalent
-
+ropes           implements long strings represented as trees for
-ropes           implements long strings using represented as trees for
                 lazy evaluation; used mainly by the code generators
 
-ccgobj          contains type definitions neeeded for C code generation
+transf          transformations on the AST that need to be done before
-                and some helpers
+                code generation
+cgen            main file of the C code generator
 ccgutils        contains helpers for the C code generator
 ccgtypes        the generator for C types
 ccgstmts        the generator for statements

doc/grammar.txt

@@ -1,45 +1,43 @@
 module ::= ([COMMENT] [SAD] stmt)*
 
 comma ::= ',' [COMMENT] [IND]
-operator ::= OP0 | OR | XOR | AND | OP3 | OP4 | OP5 | IS | ISNOT | IN | NOTIN
+operator ::= OP0 | OR | XOR | AND | OP3 | OP4 | OP5 | OP6 | OP7
-           | OP6 | DIV | MOD | SHL | SHR | OP7 | NOT
+           | 'is' | 'isnot' | 'in' | 'notin'
+           | 'div' | 'mod' | 'shl' | 'shr' | 'not'
 
-prefixOperator ::= OP0 | OP3 | OP4 | OP5 | OP6 | OP7 | NOT
+prefixOperator ::= OP0 | OP3 | OP4 | OP5 | OP6 | OP7 | 'not'
 
 optInd ::= [COMMENT] [IND]
 
 
-lowestExpr ::= orExpr ( OP0 optInd orExpr )*
+lowestExpr ::= orExpr (OP0 optInd orExpr)*
-orExpr ::= andExpr ( OR | XOR optInd andExpr )*
+orExpr ::= andExpr (OR | 'xor' optInd andExpr)*
-andExpr ::= cmpExpr ( AND  optInd cmpExpr )*
+andExpr ::= cmpExpr ('and' optInd cmpExpr)*
-cmpExpr ::= ampExpr ( OP3 | IS | ISNOT | IN | NOTIN optInd ampExpr )*
+cmpExpr ::= ampExpr (OP3 | 'is' | 'isnot' | 'in' | 'notin' optInd ampExpr)*
-ampExpr ::= plusExpr ( OP4 optInd plusExpr )*
+ampExpr ::= plusExpr (OP4 optInd plusExpr)*
-plusExpr ::= mulExpr ( OP5 optInd mulExpr )*
+plusExpr ::= mulExpr (OP5 optInd mulExpr)*
-mulExpr ::= dollarExpr ( OP6 | DIV | MOD | SHL | SHR optInd dollarExpr )*
+mulExpr ::= dollarExpr (OP6 | 'div' | 'mod' | 'shl' | 'shr' optInd dollarExpr)*
-dollarExpr ::= primary ( OP7 optInd primary )*
+dollarExpr ::= primary (OP7 optInd primary)*
 
 namedTypeOrExpr ::=
-  DOTDOT [expr]
+  '..' [expr]
-  | expr [EQUALS (expr [DOTDOT expr] | typeDescK | DOTDOT [expr] )
+  | expr ['=' (expr ['..' expr] | typeDescK | '..' [expr]) | '..' [expr]]
-                 | DOTDOT [expr]]
   | typeDescK
 
-castExpr ::= CAST BRACKET_LE optInd typeDesc BRACKERT_RI
+castExpr ::= 'cast' '[' optInd typeDesc [SAD] ']' '(' optInd expr [SAD] ')'
-                  PAR_LE optInd expr PAR_RI
+addrExpr ::= 'addr' '(' optInd expr ')'
-addrExpr ::= ADDR PAR_LE optInd expr PAR_RI
+symbol ::= '`' (KEYWORD | IDENT | operator | '(' ')'
-symbol ::= ACC (KEYWORD | IDENT | operator | PAR_LE PAR_RI
+               | '[' ']' | '=' | literal)+ '`'
-               | BRACKET_LE BRACKET_RI | EQUALS | literal )+ ACC
          | IDENT
-primary ::= ( prefixOperator optInd )* ( symbol | constructor |
+primary ::= (prefixOperator optInd)* (symbol | constructor |
-                                                | castExpr | addrExpr ) (
+                                             | castExpr | addrExpr) (
-               DOT optInd symbol
+               '.' optInd symbol
-             #| CURLY_LE namedTypeDescList CURLY_RI
+             | '(' optInd namedExprList [SAD] ')'
-             | PAR_LE optInd namedExprList PAR_RI
+             | '[' optInd
-             | BRACKET_LE optInd
+               [namedTypeOrExpr (comma namedTypeOrExpr)* [comma]]
-               [ namedTypeOrExpr (comma namedTypeOrExpr)* [comma] ]
+               [SAD] ']'
-               BRACKET_RI
+             | '^'
-             | CIRCUM
+             | pragma)*
-             | pragma )*
 
 literal ::= INT_LIT | INT8_LIT | INT16_LIT | INT32_LIT | INT64_LIT
           | FLOAT_LIT | FLOAT32_LIT | FLOAT64_LIT
@@ -48,48 +46,42 @@ literal ::= INT_LIT | INT8_LIT | INT16_LIT | INT32_LIT | INT64_LIT
           | NIL
 
 constructor ::= literal
-          | BRACKET_LE optInd colonExprList BRACKET_RI # []-Constructor
+          | '[' optInd colonExprList [SAD] ']'
-          | CURLY_LE optInd sliceExprList CURLY_RI     # {}-Constructor
+          | '{' optInd sliceExprList [SAD] '}'
-          | PAR_LE optInd colonExprList PAR_RI         # ()-Constructor
+          | '(' optInd colonExprList [SAD] ')'
 
-exprList ::= [ expr (comma expr)* [comma] ]
+colonExpr ::= expr [':' expr]
+colonExprList ::= [colonExpr (comma colonExpr)* [comma]]
 
-colonExpr ::= expr [COLON expr]
+namedExpr ::= expr ['=' expr]
-colonExprList ::= [ colonExpr (comma colonExpr)* [comma] ]
+namedExprList ::= [namedExpr (comma namedExpr)* [comma]]
 
-namedExpr ::= expr [EQUALS expr] # actually this is symbol EQUALS expr|expr
+sliceExpr ::= expr ['..' expr]
-namedExprList ::= [ namedExpr (comma namedExpr)* [comma] ]
+sliceExprList ::= [sliceExpr (comma sliceExpr)* [comma]]
 
-sliceExpr ::= expr [ DOTDOT expr ]
+anonymousProc ::= 'lambda' paramList [pragma] '=' stmt
-sliceExprList ::= [ sliceExpr (comma sliceExpr)* [comma] ]
-
-anonymousProc ::= LAMBDA paramList [pragma] EQUALS stmt
 expr ::= lowestExpr
      | anonymousProc
-     | IF expr COLON expr
+     | 'if' expr ':' expr ('elif' expr ':' expr)* 'else' ':' expr
-       (ELIF expr COLON expr)*
-       ELSE COLON expr
 
-namedTypeDesc ::= typeDescK | expr [EQUALS (typeDescK | expr)]
+namedTypeDesc ::= typeDescK | expr ['=' (typeDescK | expr)]
-namedTypeDescList ::= [ namedTypeDesc (comma namedTypeDesc)* [comma] ]
+namedTypeDescList ::= [namedTypeDesc (comma namedTypeDesc)* [comma]]
 
-qualifiedIdent ::= symbol [ DOT symbol ]
+qualifiedIdent ::= symbol ['.' symbol]
 
-typeDescK ::= VAR typeDesc
+typeDescK ::= 'var' typeDesc
-            | REF typeDesc
+            | 'ref' typeDesc
-            | PTR typeDesc
+            | 'ptr' typeDesc
-            | TYPE expr
+            | 'type' expr
-            | TUPLE tupleDesc
+            | 'tuple' tupleDesc
-            | PROC paramList [pragma]
+            | 'proc' paramList [pragma]
 
 typeDesc ::= typeDescK | primary
 
-optSemicolon ::= [SEMICOLON]
+macroStmt ::= ':' [stmt] ('of' [sliceExprList] ':' stmt
-
+                         |'elif' expr ':' stmt
-macroStmt ::= COLON [stmt] (OF [sliceExprList] COLON stmt
+                         |'except' exceptList ':' stmt )*
-                           | ELIF expr COLON stmt
+                         ['else' ':' stmt]
-                           | EXCEPT exceptList COLON stmt )*
-                           [ELSE COLON stmt]
 
 simpleStmt ::= returnStmt
            | yieldStmt
@@ -107,88 +99,91 @@ complexStmt ::= ifStmt | whileStmt | caseStmt | tryStmt | forStmt
                  | procDecl | iteratorDecl | macroDecl | templateDecl
                  | constSection | typeSection | whenStmt | varSection
 
-indPush ::= IND # push
+indPush ::= IND # and push indentation onto the stack
+indPop ::= # pop indentation from the stack
+
 stmt ::= simpleStmt [SAD]
  | indPush (complexStmt | simpleStmt)
-  ([SAD] (complexStmt | simpleStmt) )*
+  ([SAD] (complexStmt | simpleStmt))*
-   DED
+   DED indPop
 
-exprStmt ::= lowestExpr [EQUALS expr | [expr (comma expr)* [comma]] [macroStmt]]
+exprStmt ::= lowestExpr ['=' expr | [expr (comma expr)*] [macroStmt]]
-returnStmt ::= RETURN [expr]
+returnStmt ::= 'return' [expr]
-yieldStmt ::= YIELD expr
+yieldStmt ::= 'yield' expr
-discardStmt ::= DISCARD expr
+discardStmt ::= 'discard' expr
-raiseStmt ::= RAISE [expr]
+raiseStmt ::= 'raise' [expr]
-breakStmt ::= BREAK [symbol]
+breakStmt ::= 'break' [symbol]
-continueStmt ::= CONTINUE
+continueStmt ::= 'continue'
-ifStmt ::= IF expr COLON stmt (ELIF expr COLON stmt)* [ELSE COLON stmt]
+ifStmt ::= 'if' expr ':' stmt ('elif' expr ':' stmt)* ['else' ':' stmt]
-whenStmt ::= WHEN expr COLON stmt (ELIF expr COLON stmt)* [ELSE COLON stmt]
+whenStmt ::= 'when' expr ':' stmt ('elif' expr ':' stmt)* ['else' ':' stmt]
-caseStmt ::= CASE expr (OF sliceExprList COLON stmt)*
+caseStmt ::= 'case' expr [':'] ('of' sliceExprList ':' stmt)*
-                       (ELIF expr COLON stmt)*
+                               ('elif' expr ':' stmt)*
-                       [ELSE COLON stmt]
+                                ['else' ':' stmt]
-whileStmt ::= WHILE expr COLON stmt
+whileStmt ::= 'while' expr ':' stmt
-forStmt ::= FOR symbol (comma symbol)* [comma] IN expr [DOTDOT expr] COLON stmt
+forStmt ::= 'for' symbol (comma symbol)* 'in' expr ['..' expr] ':' stmt
-exceptList ::= [qualifiedIdent (comma qualifiedIdent)* [comma]]
+exceptList ::= [qualifiedIdent (comma qualifiedIdent)*]
 
-tryStmt ::= TRY COLON stmt
+tryStmt ::= 'try' ':' stmt
-          (EXCEPT exceptList COLON stmt)*
+           ('except' exceptList ':' stmt)*
-          [FINALLY COLON stmt]
+           ['finally' ':' stmt]
-asmStmt ::= ASM [pragma] (STR_LIT | RSTR_LIT | TRIPLESTR_LIT)
+asmStmt ::= 'asm' [pragma] (STR_LIT | RSTR_LIT | TRIPLESTR_LIT)
-blockStmt ::= BLOCK [symbol] COLON stmt
+blockStmt ::= 'block' [symbol] ':' stmt
 filename ::= symbol | STR_LIT | RSTR_LIT | TRIPLESTR_LIT
-importStmt ::= IMPORT filename (comma filename)* [comma]
+importStmt ::= 'import' filename (comma filename)*
-includeStmt ::= INCLUDE filename (comma filename)* [comma]
+includeStmt ::= 'include' filename (comma filename)*
-fromStmt ::= FROM filename IMPORT symbol (comma symbol)* [comma]
+fromStmt ::= 'from' filename 'import' symbol (comma symbol)*
 
-pragma ::= CURLYDOT_LE colonExprList (CURLYDOT_RI | CURLY_RI)
+pragma ::= '{.' optInd (colonExpr [comma])* [SAD] ('.}' | '}')
 
-param ::= symbol (comma symbol)* [comma] COLON typeDesc
+param ::= symbol (comma symbol)* ':' typeDesc
-paramList ::= [PAR_LE [param (comma param)* [comma]] PAR_RI] [COLON typeDesc]
+paramList ::= ['(' [param (comma param)*] [SAD] ')'] [':' typeDesc]
 
-genericParams ::= BRACKET_LE (symbol [EQUALS typeDesc] )* BRACKET_RI
+genericParam ::= symbol [':' typeDesc]
+genericParams ::= '[' genericParam (comma genericParam)* [SAD] ']'
 
-procDecl ::= PROC symbol ["*"] [genericParams]
+procDecl ::= 'proc' symbol ['*'] [genericParams] paramList [pragma]
-             paramList [pragma]
+             ['=' stmt]
-             [EQUALS stmt]
+macroDecl ::= 'macro' symbol ['*'] [genericParams] paramList [pragma]
-macroDecl ::= MACRO symbol ["*"] [genericParams] paramList [pragma]
+             ['=' stmt]
-             [EQUALS stmt]
+iteratorDecl ::= 'iterator' symbol ['*'] [genericParams] paramList [pragma]
-iteratorDecl ::= ITERATOR symbol ["*"] [genericParams] paramList [pragma]
+             ['=' stmt]
-             [EQUALS stmt]
+templateDecl ::= 'template' symbol ['*'] [genericParams] paramList [pragma]
-templateDecl ::= TEMPLATE symbol ["*"] [genericParams] paramList [pragma]
+             ['=' stmt]
-             [EQUALS stmt]
 
-colonAndEquals ::= [COLON typeDesc] EQUALS expr
+colonAndEquals ::= [':' typeDesc] '=' expr
 
-constDecl ::= symbol ["*"] [pragma] colonAndEquals [COMMENT | IND COMMENT]
+constDecl ::= symbol ['*'] [pragma] colonAndEquals [COMMENT | IND COMMENT]
             | COMMENT
-constSection ::= CONST indPush constDecl (SAD constDecl)* DED
+constSection ::= 'const' indPush constDecl (SAD constDecl)* DED indPop
 typeDef ::= typeDesc | objectDef | enumDef
 
-objectField ::= symbol ["*"] [pragma]
+objectField ::= symbol ['*'] [pragma]
 objectIdentPart ::=
-  objectField (comma objectField)* [comma] COLON typeDesc [COMMENT|IND COMMENT]
+  objectField (comma objectField)* ':' typeDesc [COMMENT|IND COMMENT]
 
-objectWhen ::= WHEN expr COLON [COMMENT] objectPart
+objectWhen ::= 'when' expr ':' [COMMENT] objectPart
-              (ELIF expr COLON [COMMENT] objectPart)*
+              ('elif' expr ':' [COMMENT] objectPart)*
-              [ELSE COLON [COMMENT] objectPart]
+              ['else' ':' [COMMENT] objectPart]
-objectCase ::= CASE expr COLON typeDesc [COMMENT]
+objectCase ::= 'case' expr ':' typeDesc [COMMENT]
-              (OF sliceExprList COLON [COMMENT] objectPart)*
+              ('of' sliceExprList ':' [COMMENT] objectPart)*
-              [ELSE COLON [COMMENT] objectPart]
+              ['else' ':' [COMMENT] objectPart]
 
-objectPart ::= objectWhen | objectCase | objectIdentPart | NIL
+objectPart ::= objectWhen | objectCase | objectIdentPart | 'nil'
-             | indPush objectPart (SAD objectPart)* DED
+             | indPush objectPart (SAD objectPart)* DED indPop
-tupleDesc ::= BRACKET_LE optInd [param (comma param)* [comma]] BRACKET_RI
+tupleDesc ::= '[' optInd [param (comma param)*] [SAD] ']'
 
-objectDef ::= OBJECT [pragma] [OF typeDesc] objectPart
+objectDef ::= 'object' [pragma] ['of' typeDesc] objectPart
-enumField ::= symbol [EQUALS expr]
+enumField ::= symbol ['=' expr]
-enumDef ::= ENUM [OF typeDesc] (enumField [comma | COMMENT | IND COMMENT])+
+enumDef ::= 'enum' ['of' typeDesc] (enumField [comma] [COMMENT | IND COMMENT])+
 
 typeDecl ::= COMMENT
-           | symbol ["*"] [genericParams] [EQUALS typeDef] [COMMENT | IND COMMENT]
+           | symbol ['*'] [genericParams] ['=' typeDef] [COMMENT | IND COMMENT]
 
-typeSection ::= TYPE indPush typeDecl (SAD typeDecl)* DED
+typeSection ::= 'type' indPush typeDecl (SAD typeDecl)* DED indPop
 
-colonOrEquals ::= COLON typeDesc [EQUALS expr] | EQUALS expr
+colonOrEquals ::= ':' typeDesc ['=' expr] | '=' expr
-varField ::= symbol ["*"] [pragma]
+varField ::= symbol ['*'] [pragma]
-varPart ::= symbol (comma symbol)* [comma] colonOrEquals [COMMENT | IND COMMENT]
+varPart ::= symbol (comma symbol)* colonOrEquals [COMMENT | IND COMMENT]
-varSection ::= VAR (varPart
+varSection ::= 'var' (varPart
-                   | indPush (COMMENT|varPart) (SAD (COMMENT|varPart))* DED)
+                   | indPush (COMMENT|varPart)
+                     (SAD (COMMENT|varPart))* DED indPop)

doc/intern.txt

@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@ Path           Purpose
                on it!
 ``web``        website of Nimrod; generated by ``koch.py``
                from the ``*.txt`` and ``*.tmpl`` files
-``koch``       the Koch Build System (written for Nimrod)
 ``obj``        generated ``*.obj`` files go into here
 ============   ==============================================
 
@@ -45,44 +44,76 @@ Bootstrapping the compiler
 The compiler is written in a subset of Pascal with special annotations so
 that it can be translated to Nimrod code automatically. This conversion is
 done by Nimrod itself via the undocumented ``boot`` command. Thus both Nimrod
-and Free Pascal can compile the Nimrod compiler.
+and Free Pascal can compile the Nimrod compiler. However, the Pascal version
+has no garbage collector and leaks memory like crazy! So the Pascal version
+should only be used for bootstrapping.
 
 Requirements for bootstrapping:
 
-- Free Pascal (I used version 2.2) [optional]
+- Python (should work with version 1.5 or higher) (optional)
-- Python (should work with version 1.5 or higher)
+- supported C compiler
 
-- C compiler -- one of:
+Compiling the compiler is a simple matter of running::
 
-  * win32-lcc (currently broken)
+  koch.py boot
-  * Borland C++ (tested with 5.5; currently broken)
-  * Microsoft C++
-  * Digital Mars C++
-  * Watcom C++ (currently broken)
-  * GCC
-  * Intel C++
-  * Pelles C (currently broken)
-  * llvm-gcc
 
-| Compiling the compiler is a simple matter of running:
+For a release version use::
-| ``koch.py boot``
-| Or you can compile by hand, this is not difficult.
 
-If you want to debug the compiler, use the command::
+  koch.py boot -d:release
 
-  koch.py boot --debugger:on
+The ``koch.py`` script is Nimrod's maintainance script. It is a replacement for
+make and shell scripting with the advantage that it is much more portable.
 
-The ``koch.py`` script is Nimrod's maintainance script: Everything that has 
+If you don't have Python, there is a ``boot`` Nimrod program which does roughly
-been automated is accessible with it. It is a replacement for make and shell
+the same::
-scripting with the advantage that it is more portable.
+
+  nimrod cc boot.nim
+  ./boot [-d:release]
 
 
-Coding standards
+Pascal annotations
-================
+==================
+There are some annotations that the Pascal sources use so that they can
+be converted to Nimrod automatically:
 
-The compiler is written in a subset of Pascal with special annotations so
+``{@discard} <expr>``
-that it can be translated to Nimrod code automatically. As a general rule,
+    Tells the compiler that a ``discard`` statement is needed for Nimrod
-Pascal code that does not translate to Nimrod automatically is forbidden.
+    here.
+
+``{@cast}typ(expr)``
+    Tells the compiler that the Pascal conversion is a ``cast`` in Nimrod.
+
+``{@emit <code>}``
+    Emits ``<code>``. The code fragment needs to be in Pascal syntax.
+
+``{@ignore} <codeA> {@emit <codeB>}``
+    Ignores ``<codeA>`` and instead emits ``<codeB>`` which needs to be in
+    Pascal syntax. An empty ``{@emit}`` is possible too (it then only closes
+    the ``<codeA>`` part).
+
+``record {@tuple}``
+    Is used to tell the compiler that the record type should be transformed
+    to a Nimrod tuple type.
+
+``^ {@ptr}``
+    Is used to tell the compiler that the pointer type should be transformed
+    to a Nimrod ``ptr`` type. The default is a ``ref`` type.
+
+``'a' + ''``
+    The idiom ``+''`` is used to tell the compiler that it is a string
+    literal and not a character literal. (Pascal does not distinguish between
+    character literals and string literals of length 1.)
+
+``+{&}``
+    This tells the compiler that Pascal's ``+`` here is a string concatenation
+    and thus should be converted to ``&``. Note that this is not needed if
+    any of the operands is a string literal because the compiler then can
+    figure this out by itself.
+
+``{@set}['a', 'b', 'c']``
+    Tells the compiler that Pascal's ``[]`` constructor is a set and not an
+    array. This is only needed if the compiler cannot figure this out for
+    itself.
 
 
 Porting to new platforms
@@ -99,7 +130,7 @@ check that the OS, System modules work and recompile Nimrod.
 The only case where things aren't as easy is when the garbage
 collector needs some assembler tweaking to work. The standard
 version of the GC uses C's ``setjmp`` function to store all registers
-on the hardware stack. It may be that the new platform needs to
+on the hardware stack. It may be necessary that the new platform needs to
 replace this generic code by some assembler code.
 
 
@@ -132,11 +163,11 @@ The Garbage Collector
 Introduction
 ------------
 
-We use the term *cell* here to refer to everything that is traced
+I use the term *cell* here to refer to everything that is traced
 (sequences, refs, strings).
 This section describes how the new GC works.
 
-The basic algorithm is *Deferrent reference counting* with cycle detection.
+The basic algorithm is *Deferrent Reference Counting* with cycle detection.
 References in the stack are not counted for better performance and easier C
 code generation.
 
@@ -170,7 +201,7 @@ modifying a ``TCellSet`` during traversation leads to undefined behaviour.
   iterator elements(s: TCellSet): (elem: PCell)
 
 
-All the operations have to be perform efficiently. Because a Cellset can
+All the operations have to perform efficiently. Because a Cellset can
 become huge a hash table alone is not suitable for this.
 
 We use a mixture of bitset and hash table for this. The hash table maps *pages*
@@ -246,16 +277,10 @@ This syntax tree is the interface between the parser and the code generator.
 It is essential to understand most of the compiler's code.
 
 In order to compile Nimrod correctly, type-checking has to be seperated from
-parsing. Otherwise generics would not work. Code generation is done for a 
+parsing. Otherwise generics would not work.
-whole module only after it has been checked for semantics.
 
 .. include:: filelist.txt
 
-The first command line argument selects the backend. Thus the backend is
-responsible for calling the parser and semantic checker. However, when 
-compiling ``import`` or ``include`` statements, the semantic checker needs to
-call the backend, this is done by embedding a PBackend into a TContext.
-
 
 The syntax tree
 ---------------
@@ -265,7 +290,7 @@ may contain cycles. The AST changes its shape after semantic checking. This
 is needed to make life easier for the code generators. See the "ast" module
 for the type definitions.
 
-We use the notation ``nodeKind(fields, [sons])`` for describing
+I use the notation ``nodeKind(fields, [sons])`` for describing
 nodes. ``nodeKind[sons]`` is a short-cut for ``nodeKind([sons])``.
 XXX: Description of the language's syntax and the corresponding trees.
 
@@ -273,12 +298,16 @@ XXX: Description of the language's syntax and the corresponding trees.
 How the RTL is compiled
 =======================
 
-The system module contains the part of the RTL which needs support by
+The ``system`` module contains the part of the RTL which needs support by
 compiler magic (and the stuff that needs to be in it because the spec
 says so). The C code generator generates the C code for it just like any other
 module. However, calls to some procedures like ``addInt`` are inserted by
-the CCG. Therefore the module ``magicsys`` contains a table
+the CCG. Therefore the module ``magicsys`` contains a table (``compilerprocs``)
-(``compilerprocs``) with all symbols that are marked as ``compilerproc``.
+with all symbols that are marked as ``compilerproc``. ``compilerprocs`` are
+needed by the code generator. A ``magic`` proc is not the same as a
+``compilerproc``: A ``magic`` is a proc that needs compiler magic for its
+semantic checking, a ``compilerproc`` is a proc that is used by the code
+generator.
 
 
 
@@ -290,77 +319,3 @@ underlying C compiler already does all the hard work for us. The problem is the
 common runtime library, especially the memory manager. Note that Borland's
 Delphi had exactly the same problem. The workaround is to not link the GC with
 the Dll and provide an extra runtime dll that needs to be initialized.
-
-
-
-How to implement closures
-=========================
-
-A closure is a record of a proc pointer and a context ref. The context ref
-points to a garbage collected record that contains the needed variables.
-An example:
-
-.. code-block:: Nimrod
-
-  type
-    TListRec = record
-      data: string
-      next: ref TListRec
-
-  proc forEach(head: ref TListRec, visitor: proc (s: string) {.closure.}) =
-    var it = head
-    while it != nil:
-      visit(it.data)
-      it = it.next
-
-  proc sayHello() =
-    var L = new List(["hallo", "Andreas"])
-    var temp = "jup\xff"
-    forEach(L, lambda(s: string) =
-                 io.write(temp)
-                 io.write(s)
-           )
-
-
-This should become the following in C:
-
-.. code-block:: C
-  typedef struct ... /* List type */
-
-  typedef struct closure {
-    void (*PrcPart)(string, void*);
-    void* ClPart;
-  }
-
-  typedef struct Tcl_data {
-    string temp; // all accessed variables are put in here!
-  }
-
-  void forEach(TListRec* head, const closure visitor) {
-    TListRec* it = head;
-    while (it != NIM_NULL) {
-      visitor.prc(it->data, visitor->cl_data);
-      it = it->next;
-    }
-  }
-
-  void printStr(string s, void* cl_data) {
-    Tcl_data* x = (Tcl_data*) cl_data;
-    io_write(x->temp);
-    io_write(s);
-  }
-
-  void sayhello() {
-    Tcl_data* data = new(...);
-    asgnRef(&data->temp, "jup\xff");
-    ...
-
-    closure cl;
-    cl.prc = printStr;
-    cl.cl_data = data;
-    foreach(L, cl);
-  }
-
-
-What about nested closure? - There's not much difference: Just put all used
-variables in the data record.

doc/manual.txt

@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@ Nimrod Manual
 About this document
 ===================
 
+**Note**: This document is a draft! Several of Nimrod's features need more
+precise wording. This manual will evolve into a proper specification some
+day.
+
 This document describes the lexis, the syntax, and the semantics of Nimrod.
 
 The language constructs are explained using an extended BNF, in
@@ -18,10 +22,11 @@ which ``(a)*`` means 0 or more ``a``'s, ``a+`` means 1 or more ``a``'s, and
 ``(a)?`` means an optional *a*; an alternative spelling for optional parts is
 ``[a]``. The ``|`` symbol is used to mark alternatives
 and has the lowest precedence. Parentheses may be used to group elements.
-Non-terminals are in lowercase, terminal symbols (including keywords) are in
+Non-terminals start with a lowercase letter, abstract terminal symbols are in
-UPPERCASE. An example::
+UPPERCASE. Verbatim terminal symbols (including keywords) are quoted
+with ``'``. An example::
 
-  if_stmt ::= IF expr COLON stmts (ELIF expr COLON stmts)* [ELSE stmts]
+  ifStmt ::= 'if' expr ':' stmts ('elif' expr ':' stmts)* ['else' stmts]
 
 Other parts of Nimrod - like scoping rules or runtime semantics are only
 described in an informal manner. The reason is that formal semantics are
@@ -90,8 +95,7 @@ Indentation consists only of spaces; tabulators are not allowed.
 The terminals ``IND`` (indentation), ``DED`` (dedentation) and ``SAD``
 (same indentation) are generated by the scanner, denoting an indentation.
 
-These terminals are only generated for lines that are not empty or contain
+These terminals are only generated for lines that are not empty.
-only whitespace and comments.
 
 The parser and the scanner communicate over a stack which indentation terminal
 should be generated: The stack consists of integers counting the spaces. The
@@ -100,14 +104,17 @@ If the current indentation token consists of more spaces than the entry at the
 top of the stack, a ``IND`` token is generated, else if it consists of the same
 number of spaces, a ``SAD`` token is generated. If it consists of fewer spaces,
 a ``DED`` token is generated for any item on the stack that is greater than the
-current. These items are then popped from the stack by the scanner. At the end
+current. These items are later popped from the stack by the parser. At the end
 of the file, a ``DED`` token is generated for each number remaining on the
 stack that is larger than zero.
 
 Because the grammar contains some optional ``IND`` tokens, the scanner cannot
 push new indentation levels. This has to be done by the parser. The symbol
 ``indPush`` indicates that an ``IND`` token is expected; the current number of
-leading spaces is pushed onto the stack by the parser.
+leading spaces is pushed onto the stack by the parser. The symbol ``indPop``
+denotes that the parser pops an item from the indentation stack. No token is
+consumed by ``indPop``.
+
 
 Comments
 --------
@@ -131,8 +138,8 @@ aligned to the preceding one, it does not start a new comment:
 Comments are tokens; they are only allowed at certain places in the input file
 as they belong to the syntax tree! This feature enables perfect source-to-source
 transformations (such as pretty-printing) and superior documentation generators.
-A side-effect is that the human reader of the code always knows exactly which
+A nice side-effect is that the human reader of the code always knows exactly
-code snippet the comment refers to.
+which code snippet the comment refers to.
 
 
 Identifiers & Keywords
@@ -159,9 +166,9 @@ case-sensitive and even underscores are ignored:
 **type** is a reserved word, and so is **TYPE** or **T_Y_P_E**. The idea behind
 this is that this allows programmers to use their own prefered spelling style
 and libraries written by different programmers cannot use incompatible
-conventions. The editors or IDE can show the identifiers as preferred. Another
+conventions. A Nimrod-aware editor or IDE can show the identifiers as
-advantage is that it frees the programmer from remembering the exact spelling
+preferred. Another advantage is that it frees the programmer from remembering 
-of an identifier.
+the exact spelling of an identifier.
 
 
 Literal strings
@@ -174,7 +181,7 @@ contain the following `escape sequences`:idx:\ :
   Escape sequence          Meaning
 ==================         ===================================================
   ``\n``                   `newline`:idx:
-  ``\r``                   `carriage return`:idx:
+  ``\r``, ``\c``           `carriage return`:idx:
   ``\l``                   `line feed`:idx:
   ``\f``                   `form feed`:idx:
   ``\t``                   `tabulator`:idx:
@@ -184,8 +191,7 @@ contain the following `escape sequences`:idx:\ :
   ``\'``                   `apostrophe`:idx:
   ``\d+``                  `character with decimal value d`:idx:;
                            all decimal digits directly
-                           following are used for the
+                           following are used for the character
-                           character
   ``\a``                   `alert`:idx:
   ``\b``                   `backspace`:idx:
   ``\e``                   `escape`:idx: `[ESC]`:idx:
@@ -194,15 +200,14 @@ contain the following `escape sequences`:idx:\ :
 ==================         ===================================================
 
 
-Strings in Nimrod may contain any 8-bit value, except embedded zeros
+Strings in Nimrod may contain any 8-bit value, except embedded zeros.
-which are not allowed for compability with `C`:idx:.
 
 Literal strings can also be delimited by three double squotes
 ``"""`` ... ``"""``.
 Literals in this form may run for several lines, may contain ``"`` and do not
 interpret any escape sequences.
-For convenience, when the opening ``"""`` is immediately
+For convenience, when the opening ``"""`` is immediately followed by a newline, 
-followed by a newline, the newline is not included in the string.
+the newline is not included in the string.
 There are also `raw string literals` that are preceded with the letter ``r``
 (or ``R``) and are delimited by matching double quotes (just like ordinary
 string literals) and do not interpret the escape sequences. This is especially
@@ -253,8 +258,8 @@ Numerical constants
 
 As can be seen in the productions, numerical constants can contain unterscores
 for readability. Integer and floating point literals may be given in decimal (no
-prefix), binary (prefix ``0b``), octal (prefix ``0o``) and
+prefix), binary (prefix ``0b``), octal (prefix ``0o``) and hexadecimal 
-hexadecimal (prefix ``0x``) notation.
+(prefix ``0x``) notation.
 
 There exists a literal for each numerical type that is
 defined. The suffix starting with an apostophe ('\'') is called a
@@ -262,7 +267,7 @@ defined. The suffix starting with an apostophe ('\'') is called a
 unless the literal contains a dot or an ``E`` in which case it is of
 type ``float``.
 
-The following table specifies type suffixes:
+The type suffixes are:
 
 =================    =========================
   Type Suffix        Resulting type of literal
@@ -295,11 +300,11 @@ the three tokens `{`:tok:, `..`:tok:, `}`:tok: and not the two tokens
 `{.`:tok:, `.}`:tok:.
 
 In Nimrod one can define his own operators. An `operator`:idx: is any
-combination of the following characters that are not listed above::
+combination of the following characters that is not listed above::
 
        +     -     *     /     <     >
        =     @     $     ~     &     %
-       !     ?     ^     .     |
+       !     ?     ^     .     |     \
 
 These keywords are also operators:
 ``and or not xor shl shr div mod in notin is isnot``.
@@ -348,16 +353,13 @@ Constants
 cannot change. The compiler must be able to evaluate the expression in a
 constant declaration at compile time.
 
-..
+Nimrod contains a sophisticated compile-time evaluator, so procedures which
-  Nimrod contains a sophisticated
+have no side-effect can be used in constant expressions too:
-  compile-time evaluator, so procedures declared with the ``{.noSideEffect.}``
-  pragma can be used in constant expressions:
 
-  .. code-block:: nimrod
+.. code-block:: nimrod
-
+  import strutils
-    from strutils import findSubStr
   const 
-      x = findSubStr('a', "hallo") # x is 1; this is computed at compile time!
+    constEval = contains("abc", 'b') # computed at compile time!
 
 
 Types
@@ -414,8 +416,8 @@ intXX
 
 There are no `unsigned integer`:idx: types, only `unsigned operations`:idx:
 that treat their arguments as unsigned. Unsigned operations all wrap around;
-they may not lead to over- or underflow errors. Unsigned operations use the
+they cannot lead to over- or underflow errors. Unsigned operations use the
-``%`` postfix as convention:
+``%`` suffix as convention:
 
 ======================   ======================================================
 operation                meaning
@@ -498,16 +500,15 @@ the resulting programs will still handle UTF-8 properly as UTF-8 was specially
 designed for this.
 Another reason is that Nimrod can support ``array[char, int]`` or
 ``set[char]`` efficiently as many algorithms rely on this feature. The
-`TUniChar` type is used for Unicode characters, it can represent any Unicode
+`TRune` type is used for Unicode characters, it can represent any Unicode
-character. ``TUniChar`` is declared the ``unicode`` standard module.
+character. ``TRune`` is declared the ``unicode`` module.
 
 
 
 Enumeration types
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-`Enumeration`:idx: types define a new type whose values consist only of the ones
+`Enumeration`:idx: types define a new type whose values consist of the ones
-specified.
+specified. The values are ordered. Example:
-The values are ordered by the order in enum's declaration. Example:
 
 .. code-block:: nimrod
 
@@ -528,8 +529,8 @@ with enumeration types.
 
 For better interfacing to other programming languages, the fields of enum
 types can be assigned an explicit ordinal value. However, the ordinal values
-have to be in ascending order. A field whose ordinal value that is not
+have to be in ascending order. A field whose ordinal value is not
-explicitly given, is assigned the value of the previous field + 1.
+explicitly given is assigned the value of the previous field + 1.
 
 An explicit ordered enum can have *wholes*:
 
@@ -545,7 +546,7 @@ and ``pred`` are not available for them either.
 
 Subrange types
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-A `subrange`:idx: type is a range of values from an ordinal type (the host
+A `subrange`:idx: type is a range of values from an ordinal type (the base
 type). To define a subrange type, one must specify it's limiting values: the
 highest and lowest value of the type:
 
@@ -566,7 +567,7 @@ A subrange type has the same size as its base type (``int`` in the example).
 String type
 ~~~~~~~~~~~
 All string literals are of the type `string`:idx:. A string in Nimrod is very
-similar to a sequence of characters. However, strings in Nimrod both are
+similar to a sequence of characters. However, strings in Nimrod are both
 zero-terminated and have a length field. One can retrieve the length with the
 builtin ``len`` procedure; the length never counts the terminating zero.
 The assignment operator for strings always copies the string.
@@ -585,7 +586,7 @@ arrays, they can be used in case statements:
 Per convention, all strings are UTF-8 strings, but this is not enforced. For
 example, when reading strings from binary files, they are merely a sequence of
 bytes. The index operation ``s[i]`` means the i-th *char* of ``s``, not the
-i-th *unichar*. The iterator ``unichars`` from the ``unicode`` standard
+i-th *unichar*. The iterator ``runes`` from the ``unicode``
 module can be used for iteration over all unicode characters.
 
 
@@ -611,9 +612,7 @@ constructed by the array constructor ``[]`` in conjunction with the array to
 sequence operator ``@``. Another way to allocate space for a sequence is to
 call the built-in ``newSeq`` procedure.
 
-A sequence may be passed to a parameter that is of type *open array*, but
+A sequence may be passed to a parameter that is of type *open array*.
-not to a multi-dimensional open array, because it is impossible to do so in an
-efficient manner.
 
 Example:
 
@@ -639,6 +638,24 @@ Arrays are always bounds checked (at compile-time or at runtime). These
 checks can be disabled via pragmas or invoking the compiler with the
 ``--bound_checks:off`` command line switch.
 
+An open array is  also a means to implement passing a variable number of
+arguments to a procedure. The compiler converts the list of arguments
+to an array automatically:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  proc myWriteln(f: TFile, a: openarray[string]) =
+    for s in items(a):
+      write(f, s)
+    write(f, "\n")
+
+  myWriteln(stdout, "abc", "def", "xyz")
+  # is transformed by the compiler to:
+  myWriteln(stdout, ["abc", "def", "xyz"])
+
+This transformation is only done if the openarray parameter is the
+last parameter in the procedure header. The current implementation does not
+support nested open arrays.
+
 
 Tuples and object types
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -691,7 +708,7 @@ the ``is`` operator can be used to determine the object's type.
     person: TPerson
   assert(student is TStudent) # is true
 
-Object fields that should be visible outside from the defining module, have to
+Object fields that should be visible from outside the defining module, have to
 marked by ``*``. In contrast to tuples, different object types are
 never *equivalent*.
 
@@ -904,9 +921,9 @@ Most calling conventions exist only for the Windows 32-bit platform.
 
 
 
-Statements
+Statements and expressions
-----------
+--------------------------
-Nimrod uses the common statement/expression paradigma: `Statements`:idx: do not
+Nimrod uses the common statement/expression paradigm: `Statements`:idx: do not
 produce a value in contrast to expressions. Call expressions are statements.
 If the called procedure returns a value, it is not a valid statement
 as statements do not produce values. To evaluate an expression for
@@ -943,7 +960,7 @@ Discard statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  discardStmt ::= DISCARD expr
+  discardStmt ::= 'discard' expr
 
 Example:
 
@@ -962,11 +979,13 @@ Var statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  colonOrEquals ::= COLON typeDesc [EQUALS expr] | EQUALS expr
+  colonOrEquals ::= ':' typeDesc ['=' expr] | '=' expr
-  varField ::= symbol ["*"] [pragma]
+  varField ::= symbol ['*'] [pragma]
   varPart ::= symbol (comma symbol)* [comma] colonOrEquals [COMMENT | IND COMMENT]
-  varSection ::= VAR (varPart
+  varSection ::= 'var' (varPart
-                     | indPush (COMMENT|varPart) (SAD (COMMENT|varPart))* DED)
+                     | indPush (COMMENT|varPart)
+                       (SAD (COMMENT|varPart))* DED indPop)
+
 
 `Var`:idx: statements declare new local and global variables and
 initialize them. A comma seperated list of variables can be used to specify
@@ -992,7 +1011,7 @@ char                            '\0'
 bool                            false
 ref or pointer type             nil
 procedural type                 nil
-sequence                        nil
+sequence                        nil (**not** ``@[]``)
 string                          nil (**not** "")
 tuple[x: A, y: B, ...]          (default(A), default(B), ...)
                                 (analogous for objects)
@@ -1007,12 +1026,12 @@ Const section
 
 Syntax::
 
-  colonAndEquals ::= [COLON typeDesc] EQUALS expr
+  colonAndEquals ::= [':' typeDesc] '=' expr
-  constDecl ::= CONST
+
-           indPush
+  constDecl ::= symbol ['*'] [pragma] colonAndEquals [COMMENT | IND COMMENT]
-                symbol ["*"] [pragma] colonAndEquals
+              | COMMENT
-           (SAD symbol ["*"] [pragma] colonAndEquals)*
+  constSection ::= 'const' indPush constDecl (SAD constDecl)* DED indPop
-           DED
+
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1031,7 +1050,7 @@ If statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  ifStmt ::= IF expr COLON stmt (ELIF expr COLON stmt)* [ELSE COLON stmt]
+  ifStmt ::= 'if' expr ':' stmt ('elif' expr ':' stmt)* ['else' ':' stmt]
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1061,9 +1080,9 @@ Case statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  caseStmt ::= CASE expr (OF sliceList COLON stmt)*
+  caseStmt ::= 'case' expr ('of' sliceExprList ':' stmt)*
-                         (ELIF expr COLON stmt)*
+                           ('elif' expr ':' stmt)*
-                         [ELSE COLON stmt]
+                           ['else' ':' stmt]
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1094,7 +1113,7 @@ When statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  whenStmt ::= WHEN expr COLON stmt (ELIF expr COLON stmt)* [ELSE COLON stmt]
+  whenStmt ::= 'when' expr ':' stmt ('elif' expr ':' stmt)* ['else' ':' stmt]
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1116,8 +1135,7 @@ exceptions:
 * The statements do not open a new scope if they introduce new identifiers.
 * The statements that belong to the expression that evaluated to true are
   translated by the compiler, the other statements are not checked for
-  syntax or semantics at all! This holds also for any ``expr`` coming
+  semantics! However, each ``expr`` is checked for semantics.
-  after the expression that evaluated to true.
 
 The ``when`` statement enables conditional compilation techniques. As
 a special syntatic extension, the ``when`` construct is also available
@@ -1129,7 +1147,7 @@ Raise statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  raiseStmt ::= RAISE [expr]
+  raiseStmt ::= 'raise' [expr]
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1152,11 +1170,11 @@ Try statement
 
 Syntax::
 
+  qualifiedIdent ::= symbol ['.' symbol]
   exceptList ::= [qualifiedIdent (comma qualifiedIdent)* [comma]]
-  tryStmt ::= TRY COLON stmt
+  tryStmt ::= 'try' ':' stmt
-            (EXCEPT exceptList COLON stmt)*
+             ('except' exceptList ':' stmt)*
-            [FINALLY COLON stmt]
+             ['finally' ':' stmt]
-             
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1176,6 +1194,8 @@ Example:
       echo("could not convert string to integer")
     except EIO:
       echo("IO error!")
+    except:
+      echo("Unknown exception!")
     finally:
       closeFile(f)
 
@@ -1203,7 +1223,7 @@ Return statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  returnStmt ::= RETURN [expr]
+  returnStmt ::= 'return' [expr]
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1224,7 +1244,8 @@ value of the procedure. It is automatically declared by the compiler. As all
 variables, ``result`` is initialized to (binary) zero::
 
 .. code-block:: nimrod
-    proc returnZero(): int = nil # implicitely returns 0
+    proc returnZero(): int =
+      # implicitely returns 0
 
 
 Yield statement
@@ -1232,7 +1253,7 @@ Yield statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  yieldStmt ::= YIELD expr
+  yieldStmt ::= 'yield' expr
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1252,7 +1273,7 @@ Block statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  blockStmt ::= BLOCK [symbol] COLON stmt
+  blockStmt ::= 'block' [symbol] ':' stmt
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1277,7 +1298,7 @@ Break statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  breakStmt ::= BREAK [symbol]
+  breakStmt ::= 'break' [symbol]
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1294,7 +1315,7 @@ While statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  whileStmt ::= WHILE expr COLON stmt
+  whileStmt ::= 'while' expr ':' stmt
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1316,7 +1337,7 @@ Continue statement
 
 Syntax::
 
-  continueStmt ::= CONTINUE
+  continueStmt ::= 'continue'
 
 A `continue`:idx: statement leads to the immediate next iteration of the
 surrounding loop construct. It is only allowed within a loop. A continue
@@ -1340,7 +1361,7 @@ Assembler statement
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 Syntax::
 
-  asmStmt ::= ASM [pragma] (STR_LIT | RSTR_LIT | TRIPLESTR_LIT)
+  asmStmt ::= 'asm' [pragma] (STR_LIT | RSTR_LIT | TRIPLESTR_LIT)
 
 The direct embedding of `assembler`:idx: code into Nimrod code is supported
 by the unsafe ``asm`` statement. Identifiers in the assembler code that refer to
@@ -1348,6 +1369,49 @@ Nimrod identifiers shall be enclosed in a special character which can be
 specified in the statement's pragmas. The default special character is ``'`'``.
 
 
+If expression
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+An `if expression` is almost like an if statement, but it is an expression.
+Example:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  p(if x > 8: 9 else: 10)
+
+An if expression always results in a value, so the ``else`` part is
+required. ``Elif`` parts are also allowed (but unlikely to be good
+style).
+
+
+Type convertions
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+Syntactically a `type conversion` is like a procedure call, but a
+type name replaces the procedure name. A type conversion is always
+safe in the sense that a failure to convert a type to another
+results in an exception (if it cannot be determined statically).
+
+
+Type casts
+~~~~~~~~~~
+Example:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  cast[int](x)
+
+Type casts are a crude mechanism to interpret the bit pattern of
+an expression as if it would be of another type. Type casts are
+only needed for low-level programming and are inherently unsafe.
+
+
+The addr operator
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+The `addr` operator returns the address of an l-value. If the
+type of the location is ``T``, the `addr` operator result is
+of the type ``ptr T``. Taking the address of an object that resides
+on the stack is **unsafe**, as the pointer may live longer than the
+object on the stack and can thus reference a non-existing object.
+
+
 Procedures
 ~~~~~~~~~~
 What most programming languages call `methods`:idx: or `funtions`:idx: are
@@ -1355,16 +1419,16 @@ called `procedures`:idx: in Nimrod (which is the correct terminology). A
 procedure declaration defines an identifier and associates it with a block
 of code. A procedure may call itself recursively. The syntax is::
 
-  param ::= symbol (comma symbol)* [comma] COLON typeDesc
+  param ::= symbol (comma symbol)* [comma] ':' typeDesc
-  paramList ::= [PAR_LE [param (comma param)* [comma]] PAR_RI] [COLON typeDesc]
+  paramList ::= ['(' [param (comma param)* [comma]] ')'] [':' typeDesc]
 
-  genericParams ::= BRACKET_LE (symbol [EQUALS typeDesc] )* BRACKET_RI
+  genericParam ::= symbol [':' typeDesc]
+  genericParams ::= '[' genericParam (comma genericParam)* [comma] ']'
 
-  procDecl ::= PROC symbol ["*"] [genericParams]
+  procDecl ::= 'proc' symbol ['*'] [genericParams] paramList [pragma]
-               paramList [pragma]
+               ['=' stmt]
-               [EQUALS stmt]
 
-If the ``EQUALS stmt`` part is missing, it is a `forward`:idx: declaration. If
+If the ``= stmt`` part is missing, it is a `forward`:idx: declaration. If
 the proc returns a value, the procedure body can access an implicit declared
 variable named `result`:idx: that represents the return value. Procs can be
 overloaded. The overloading resolution algorithm tries to find the proc that is
@@ -1384,19 +1448,12 @@ is used if the caller does not provide a value for this parameter. Example:
     for i in 0..len(s) - 1:
       result[i] = toLower(s[i]) # calls toLower for characters; no recursion!
 
-`Operators`:idx: are procedures with a special operator symbol as identifier:
-
-.. code-block:: nimrod
-  proc `$` (x: int): string =
-    # converts an integer to a string; this is a prefix operator.
-    return intToStr(x)
-
 Calling a procedure can be done in many different ways:
 
 .. code-block:: nimrod
   proc callme(x, y: int, s: string = "", c: char, b: bool = false) = ...
 
-  # call with positional arguments# parameter bindings:
+  # call with positional arguments # parameter bindings:
   callme(0, 1, "abc", '\t', true)  # (x=0, y=1, s="abc", c='\t', b=true)
   # call with named and positional arguments:
   callme(y=1, x=0, "abd", '\t')    # (x=0, y=1, s="abd", c='\t', b=false)
@@ -1406,20 +1463,106 @@ Calling a procedure can be done in many different ways:
   callme 0, 1, "abc", '\t'
 
 
+A procedure cannot modify its parameters (unless the parameters have the
+type `var`).
+
+`Operators`:idx: are procedures with a special operator symbol as identifier:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  proc `$` (x: int): string =
+    # converts an integer to a string; this is a prefix operator.
+    return intToStr(x)
+
+Operators with one parameter are prefix operators, operators with two
+parameters are infix operators. There is no way to declare postfix
+operators: All postfix operators are built-in and handled by the
+grammar explicitely.
+
+Any operator can be called like an ordinary proc with the '`opr`'
+notation. (Thus an operator can have more than two parameters):
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  proc `*+` (a, b, c: int): int =
+    # Multiply and add
+    return a * b + c
+
+  assert `*+`(3, 4, 6) == `*`(a, `+`(b, c))
+
+
+
+Var parameters
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+The type of a parameter may be prefixed with the ``var`` keyword:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  proc divmod(a, b: int, res, remainder: var int) =
+    res = a div b
+    remainder = a mod b
+
+  var
+    x, y: int
+
+  divmod(8, 5, x, y) # modifies x and y
+  assert x == 1
+  assert y == 3
+
+In the example, ``res`` and ``remainder`` are `var parameters`.
+Var parameters can be modified by the procedure and the changes are
+visible to the caller. The argument passed to a var parameter has to be
+an l-value. Var parameters are implemented as hidden pointers. The
+above example is equivalent to:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  proc divmod(a, b: int, res, remainder: ptr int) =
+    res = a div b
+    remainder = a mod b
+
+  var
+    x, y: int
+  divmod(8, 5, addr(x), addr(y))
+  assert x == 1
+  assert y == 3
+
+In the examples, var parameters or pointers are used to provide two
+return values. This can be done in a cleaner way by returning a tuple:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  proc divmod(a, b: int): tuple[res, remainder: int] =
+    return (a div b, a mod b)
+
+  var t = divmod(8, 5)
+  assert t.res == 1
+  assert t.remainder = 3
+
+Even more elegant is to use `tuple unpacking` to access the tuple's fields:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  var (x, y) = divmod(8, 5) # tuple unpacking
+  assert x == 1
+  assert y == 3
+
+Unfortunately, this form of tuple unpacking is not yet implemented.
+
+..
+  XXX remove this as soon as tuple unpacking is implemented
+
+
+
 Iterators and the for statement
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
 Syntax::
 
-  forStmt ::= FOR symbol (comma symbol)* [comma] IN expr [DOTDOT expr] COLON stmt
+  forStmt ::= 'for' symbol (comma symbol)* [comma] 'in' expr ['..' expr] ':' stmt
 
-  param ::= symbol (comma symbol)* [comma] COLON typeDesc
+  param ::= symbol (comma symbol)* [comma] ':' typeDesc
-  paramList ::= [PAR_LE [param (comma param)* [comma]] PAR_RI] [COLON typeDesc]
+  paramList ::= ['(' [param (comma param)* [comma]] ')'] [':' typeDesc]
 
-  genericParams ::= BRACKET_LE (symbol [EQUALS typeDesc] )* BRACKET_RI
+  genericParam ::= symbol [':' typeDesc]
+  genericParams ::= '[' genericParam (comma genericParam)* [comma] ']'
 
-  iteratorDecl ::= ITERATOR symbol ["*"] [genericParams] paramList [pragma]
+  iteratorDecl ::= 'iterator' symbol ['*'] [genericParams] paramList [pragma]
-               [EQUALS stmt]
+               ['=' stmt]
 
 The `for`:idx: statement is an abstract mechanism to iterate over the elements
 of a container. It relies on an `iterator`:idx: to do so. Like ``while``
@@ -1473,13 +1616,15 @@ Type sections
 Syntax::
 
   typeDef ::= typeDesc | objectDef | enumDef
-  genericParams ::= BRACKET_LE (symbol [EQUALS typeDesc] )* BRACKET_RI
 
-  typeDecl ::= TYPE
+  genericParam ::= symbol [':' typeDesc]
-           indPush
+  genericParams ::= '[' genericParam (comma genericParam)* [comma] ']'
-                symbol ["*"] [genericParams] [EQUALS typeDef]
+
-           (SAD symbol ["*"] [genericParams] [EQUALS typeDef])*
+  typeDecl ::= COMMENT
-           DED
+             | symbol ['*'] [genericParams] ['=' typeDef] [COMMENT|IND COMMENT]
+
+  typeSection ::= 'type' indPush typeDecl (SAD typeDecl)* DED indPop
+
 
 Example:
 
@@ -1504,6 +1649,8 @@ possible within a single ``type`` section.
 Generics
 ~~~~~~~~
 
+`Version 0.7.4: Complex generic types like in the example do not work.`:red:
+
 Example:
 
 .. code-block:: nimrod
@@ -1578,17 +1725,110 @@ Example:
     # this definition exists in the System module
     not (a == b)
 
-  writeln(5 != 6) # the compiler rewrites that to: writeln(not (5 == 6))
+  assert(5 != 6) # the compiler rewrites that to: assert(not (5 == 6))
 
 
 Macros
-~~~~~~
+------
 
-`Macros`:idx: are the most powerful feature of Nimrod. They should be used
+`Macros`:idx: are the most powerful feature of Nimrod. They can be used
-only to implement `domain specific languages`:idx:. They may lead to code
+to implement `domain specific languages`:idx:. But they may lead to code
 that is harder to understand and maintain. So one ought to use them sparingly.
-The usage of ordinary procs, iterators or generics is preferred to the usage of
+
-macros.
+While macros enable advanced compile-time code tranformations, they
+cannot change Nimrod's syntax. However, this is no real restriction because
+Nimrod's syntax is flexible enough anyway.
+
+To write macros, one needs to know how the Nimrod concrete syntax is converted
+to an abstract syntax tree. (Unfortunately the AST is not yet documented.)
+
+There are two ways to invoke a macro:
+(1) invoking a macro like a procedure call (`expression macros`)
+(2) invoking a macro with the special ``macrostmt`` syntax (`statement macros`)
+
+
+Expression Macros
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The following example implements a powerful ``debug`` command that accepts a
+variable number of arguments:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  # to work with Nimrod syntax trees, we need an API that is defined in the
+  # ``macros`` module:
+  import macros
+
+  macro debug(n: expr): stmt =
+    # `n` is a Nimrod AST that contains the whole macro expression
+    # this macro returns a list of statements:
+    result = newNimNode(nnkStmtList, n)
+    # iterate over any argument that is passed to this macro:
+    for i in 1..n.len-1:
+      # add a call to the statement list that writes the expression;
+      # `toStrLit` converts an AST to its string representation:
+      add(result, newCall("write", newIdentNode("stdout"), toStrLit(n[i])))
+      # add a call to the statement list that writes ": "
+      add(result, newCall("write", newIdentNode("stdout"), newStrLitNode(": ")))
+      # add a call to the statement list that writes the expressions value:
+      add(result, newCall("writeln", newIdentNode("stdout"), n[i]))
+
+  var
+    a: array [0..10, int]
+    x = "some string"
+  a[0] = 42
+  a[1] = 45
+
+  debug(a[0], a[1], x)
+
+The macro call expands to:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  write(stdout, "a[0]")
+  write(stdout, ": ")
+  writeln(stdout, a[0])
+
+  write(stdout, "a[1]")
+  write(stdout, ": ")
+  writeln(stdout, a[1])
+
+  write(stdout, "x")
+  write(stdout, ": ")
+  writeln(stdout, x)
+
+
+Statement Macros
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Statement macros are defined just as expression macros. However, they are
+invoked by an expression following a colon::
+
+  exprStmt ::= lowestExpr ['=' expr | [expr (comma expr)* [comma]] [macroStmt]]
+  macroStmt ::= ':' [stmt] ('of' [sliceExprList] ':' stmt
+                          | 'elif' expr ':' stmt
+                          | 'except' exceptList ':' stmt )*
+                           ['else' ':' stmt]
+
+The following example outlines a macro that generates a lexical analyser from
+regular expressions:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  import macros
+
+  macro case_token(n: stmt): stmt =
+    # creates a lexical analyser from regular expressions
+    # ... (implementation is an exercise for the reader :-)
+    nil
+
+  case_token: # this colon tells the parser it is a macro statement
+  of r"[A-Za-z_]+[A-Za-z_0-9]*":
+    return tkIdentifier
+  of r"0-9+":
+    return tkInteger
+  of r"[\+\-\*\?]+":
+    return tkOperator
+  else:
+    return tkUnknown
+
 
 
 Modules
@@ -1622,12 +1862,12 @@ This is best illustrated by an example:
 
   # Module B
   import A  # A is not parsed here! Only the already known symbols
-            # of A are imported here.
+            # of A are imported.
 
-  proc p*(x: A.T1): A.T1 # this works because the compiler has already
+  proc p*(x: A.T1): A.T1 =
+    # this works because the compiler has already
     # added T1 to A's interface symbol table
-
+    return x + 1
-  proc p(x: A.T1): A.T1 = return x + 1
 
 
 Scope rules
@@ -1649,7 +1889,7 @@ procedure or iterator overloading purposes.
 
 
 Tuple or object scope
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 The field identifiers inside a tuple or object definition are valid in the
 following places:
 
@@ -1659,16 +1899,14 @@ following places:
 
 Module scope
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~
-All identifiers in the interface part of a module are valid from the point of
+All identifiers of a module are valid from the point of declaration until
-declaration, until the end of the module. Furthermore, the identifiers are
+the end of the module. Identifiers from indirectly dependent modules are *not* 
-known in other modules that import the module. Identifiers from indirectly
+available. The `system`:idx: module is automatically imported in every other 
-dependent modules are *not* available. The `system`:idx: module is automatically
+module.
-imported in all other modules.
 
-If a module imports an identifier by two different modules,
+If a module imports an identifier by two different modules, each occurance of 
-each occurance of the identifier has to be qualified, unless it is an
+the identifier has to be qualified, unless it is an overloaded procedure or 
-overloaded procedure or iterator in which case the overloading
+iterator in which case the overloading resolution takes place:
-resolution takes place:
 
 .. code-block:: nimrod
   # Module A
@@ -1680,7 +1918,7 @@ resolution takes place:
   # Module C
   import A, B
   write(stdout, x) # error: x is ambigious
-  write(sdtout, A.x) # no error: qualifier used
+  write(stdout, A.x) # no error: qualifier used
 
   var x = 4
   write(stdout, x) # not ambigious: uses the module C's x
@@ -1698,14 +1936,14 @@ Pragmas
 
 Syntax::
 
-  colonExpr ::= expr [COLON expr]
+  colonExpr ::= expr [':' expr]
-  colonExprList ::= [ colonExpr (comma colonExpr)* [comma] ]
+  colonExprList ::= [colonExpr (comma colonExpr)* [comma]]
 
-  pragma ::= CURLYDOT_LE colonExprList (CURLYDOT_RI | CURLY_RI)
+  pragma ::= '{.' optInd (colonExpr [comma])* [SAD] ('.}' | '}')
 
 Pragmas are Nimrod's method to give the compiler additional information/
 commands without introducing a massive number of new keywords. Pragmas are
-processed on the fly during parsing. Pragmas are always enclosed in the
+processed on the fly during semantic checking. Pragmas are enclosed in the
 special ``{.`` and ``.}`` curly brackets.
 
 
@@ -1759,10 +1997,6 @@ compilation option pragmas
 --------------------------
 The listed pragmas here can be used to override the code generation options
 for a section of code.
-::
-
-  "{." pragma: val {pragma: val} ".}"
-
 
 The implementation currently provides the following possible options (later
 various others may be added).
@@ -1785,8 +2019,7 @@ warnings         on|off           Turns the warning messages of the compiler
 hints            on|off           Turns the hint messages of the compiler
                                   on or off.
 optimization     none|speed|size  Optimize the code for speed or size, or
-                                  disable optimization. For non-optimizing
+                                  disable optimization.
-                                  compilers this option has no effect.
 callconv         cdecl|...        Specifies the default calling convention for
                                   all procedures (and procedure types) that
                                   follow.

doc/nimrodc.txt

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Introduction
 
 This document describes the usage of the *Nimrod compiler*
 on the different supported platforms. It is not a definition of the Nimrod
-programming system (therefore is the Nimrod manual).
+programming language (therefore is the manual).
 
 Nimrod is free software; it is licensed under the
 `GNU General Public License <gpl.html>`_.
@@ -61,14 +61,6 @@ However, the generated C code is not platform independant. C code generated for
 Linux does not compile on Windows, for instance. The comment on top of the
 C file lists the OS, CPU and CC the file has been compiled for.
 
-The library lies in ``lib``. Directly in the library directory are essential
-Nimrod modules like the ``system`` and ``os`` modules. Under ``lib/base``
-are additional specialized libraries or interfaces to foreign libraries which
-are included in the standard distribution. The ``lib/extra`` directory is
-initially empty. Third party libraries should go there. In the default
-configuration the compiler always searches for libraries in ``lib``,
-``lib/base`` and ``lib/extra``.
-
 
 Additional Features
 ===================
@@ -128,7 +120,7 @@ the C code. Thus it makes the following possible, for example:
 
 .. code-block:: Nimrod
   var
-    EOF {.importc: "EOF", no_decl.}: cint # pretend EOF was a variable, as
+    EACCES {.importc, no_decl.}: cint # pretend EACCES was a variable, as
                                       # Nimrod does not know its value
 
 However, the ``header`` pragma is often the better alternative.
@@ -164,14 +156,6 @@ strings automatically:
   printf("hallo %s", "world") # "world" will be passed as C string
 
 
-No_static Pragma
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The `no_static`:idx: pragma can be applied to almost any symbol and specifies
-that it shall not be declared ``static`` in the generated C code. Note that
-symbols in the interface part of a module never get declared ``static``, so
-only in very special cases this pragma is necessary.
-
-
 Line_dir Option
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 The `line_dir`:idx: option can be turned on or off. If on the generated C code
@@ -240,6 +224,22 @@ information that this cannot happen to the GC. If the programmer uses the
 memory, but nothing worse happens.
 
 
+Dead_code_elim Pragma
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+The `dead_code_elim`:idx: pragma only applies to whole modules: It tells the
+compiler to active (or deactivate) dead code elimination for the module the
+pragma appers in.
+
+The ``--dead_code_elim:on`` command line switch has the same effect as marking
+any module with ``{.dead_code_elim:on}``. However, for some modules such as
+the GTK wrapper it makes sense to *always* turn on dead code elimination -
+no matter if it is globally active or not.
+
+Example:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  {.dead_code_elim: on.}
+
 
 Disabling certain messages
 --------------------------
@@ -280,8 +280,8 @@ However, sometimes one has to optimize. Do it in the following order:
 
 This section can only help you with the last item. Note that rewriting parts
 of your program in C is *never* necessary to speed up your program, because
-everything that can be done in C can be done in Nimrod. Rewriting parts in
+everything that can be done in C can be done in Nimrod.
-assembler *might*.
+
 
 Optimizing string handling
 --------------------------

doc/rst.txt

@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ compatible to the original implementation as one would like.
 
 Even though Nimrod's |rst| parser does not parse all constructs, it is pretty
 usable. The missing features can easily be circumvented. An indication of this
-fact is that Nimrod's 
+fact is that Nimrod's *whole* documentation itself (including this document) is
-*whole* documentation itself (including this document) is
 processed by Nimrod's |rst| parser. (Which is an order of magnitude faster than
 Docutils' parser.)
 

doc/tut2.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,718 @@
+=============================
+The Nimrod Tutorial (Part II)
+=============================
+
+:Author: Andreas Rumpf
+:Version: |nimrodversion|
+
+.. contents::
+
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+  "With great power comes great responsibility." -- Spider-man
+
+This document is a tutorial for the advanced constructs of the *Nimrod* 
+programming language.
+
+
+Pragmas
+=======
+Pragmas are Nimrod's method to give the compiler additional information/
+commands without introducing a massive number of new keywords. Pragmas are
+processed during semantic checking. Pragmas are enclosed in the
+special ``{.`` and ``.}`` curly dot brackets. This tutorial does not cover
+pragmas. See the `manual <manual.html>`_ or `user guide <nimrodc.html>`_ for 
+a description of the available pragmas.
+
+
+Object Oriented Programming
+===========================
+
+While Nimrod's support for object oriented programming (OOP) is minimalistic, 
+powerful OOP technics can be used. OOP is seen as *one* way to design a 
+program, not *the only* way. Often a procedural approach leads to simpler
+and more efficient code.
+
+
+Objects
+-------
+
+Like tuples, objects are a means to pack different values together in a
+structured way. However, objects provide many features that tuples do not:
+They provide inheritance and information hiding. Because objects encapsulate
+data, the ``()`` tuple constructor cannot be used to construct objects. So
+the order of the object's fields is not as important as it is for tuples. The
+programmer should provide a proc to initialize the object (this is called
+a *constructor*).
+
+Objects have access to their type at runtime. There is an
+``is`` operator that can be used to check the object's type:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+
+  type
+    TPerson = object of TObject
+      name*: string  # the * means that `name` is accessible from other modules
+      age: int       # no * means that the field is hidden from other modules
+
+    TStudent = object of TPerson # TStudent inherits from TPerson
+      id: int                    # with an id field
+
+  var
+    student: TStudent
+    person: TPerson
+  assert(student is TStudent) # is true
+
+Object fields that should be visible from outside the defining module, have to
+be marked by ``*``. In contrast to tuples, different object types are
+never *equivalent*. New object types can only be defined within a type
+section.
+
+Inheritance is done with the ``object of`` syntax. Multiple inheritance is
+currently not supported. If an object type has no suitable ancestor, ``TObject``
+should be used as its ancestor, but this is only a convention.
+
+Note that aggregation (*has-a* relation) is often preferable to inheritance
+(*is-a* relation) for simple code reuse. Since objects are value types in
+Nimrod, aggregation is as efficient as inheritance.
+
+
+Mutually recursive types
+------------------------
+
+Objects, tuples and references can model quite complex data structures which
+depend on each other. This is called *mutually recursive types*. In Nimrod 
+these types need to be declared within a single type section. Anything else 
+would require arbitrary symbol lookahead which slows down compilation.
+
+Example:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  type
+    PNode = ref TNode # a traced reference to a TNode
+    TNode = object
+      le, ri: PNode   # left and right subtrees
+      sym: ref TSym   # leaves contain a reference to a TSym
+
+    TSym = object     # a symbol
+      name: string    # the symbol's name
+      line: int       # the line the symbol was declared in
+      code: PNode     # the symbol's abstract syntax tree
+
+
+Type conversions
+----------------
+Nimrod distinguishes between `type casts`:idx: and `type conversions`:idx:.
+Casts are done with the ``cast`` operator and force the compiler to 
+interpret a bit pattern to be of another type. 
+
+Type conversions are a much more polite way to convert a type into another: 
+They preserve the abstract *value*, not necessarily the *bit-pattern*. If a
+type conversion is not possible, the compiler complains or an exception is
+raised. 
+
+The syntax for type conversions is ``destination_type(expression_to_convert)``
+(like an ordinary call): 
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  proc getID(x: TPerson): int = 
+    return TStudent(x).id
+  
+The ``EInvalidObjectConversion`` exception is raised if ``x`` is not a 
+``TStudent``.
+
+
+Object variants
+---------------
+Often an object hierarchy is overkill in certain situations where simple
+`variant`:idx: types are needed.
+
+An example:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+
+  # This is an example how an abstract syntax tree could be modelled in Nimrod
+  type
+    TNodeKind = enum  # the different node types
+      nkInt,          # a leaf with an integer value
+      nkFloat,        # a leaf with a float value
+      nkString,       # a leaf with a string value
+      nkAdd,          # an addition
+      nkSub,          # a subtraction
+      nkIf            # an if statement
+    PNode = ref TNode
+    TNode = object
+      case kind: TNodeKind  # the ``kind`` field is the discriminator
+      of nkInt: intVal: int
+      of nkFloat: floavVal: float
+      of nkString: strVal: string
+      of nkAdd, nkSub:
+        leftOp, rightOp: PNode
+      of nkIf:
+        condition, thenPart, elsePart: PNode
+
+  var
+    n: PNode
+  new(n)  # creates a new node
+  n.kind = nkFloat
+  n.floatVal = 0.0 # valid, because ``n.kind==nkFloat``
+
+  # the following statement raises an `EInvalidField` exception, because
+  # n.kind's value does not fit:
+  n.strVal = ""
+
+As can been seen from the example, an advantage to an object hierarchy is that
+no conversion between different object types is needed. Yet, access to invalid
+object fields raises an exception.
+
+
+Methods
+-------
+In ordinary object oriented languages, procedures (also called *methods*) are 
+bound to a class. This has disadvantages: 
+
+* Adding a method to a class the programmer has no control over is 
+  impossible or needs ugly workarounds.
+* Often it is unclear where the procedure should belong to: Is
+  ``join`` a string method or an array method? Should the complex 
+  ``vertexCover`` algorithm really be a method of the ``graph`` class?
+
+Nimrod avoids these problems by not distinguishing between methods and 
+procedures. Methods are just ordinary procedures. However, there is a special 
+syntactic sugar for calling procedures: The syntax ``obj.method(args)`` can be
+used instead of ``method(obj, args)``. If there are no remaining arguments, the
+parentheses can be omitted: ``obj.len`` (instead of ``len(obj)``).
+
+This `method call syntax`:idx: is not restricted to objects, it can be used 
+for any type: 
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  
+  echo("abc".len) # is the same as echo(len("abc"))
+  echo("abc".toUpper())
+  echo({'a', 'b', 'c'}.card)
+  stdout.writeln("Hallo") # the same as write(stdout, "Hallo")
+
+If it gives you warm fuzzy feelings, you can even write ``1.`+`(2)`` instead of
+``1 + 2`` and claim that Nimrod is a pure object oriented language. (That 
+would not even be lying: *pure OO* has no meaning anyway. :-)
+
+
+Properties
+----------
+As the above example shows, Nimrod has no need for *get-properties*:  
+Ordinary get-procedures that are called with the *method call syntax* achieve 
+the same. But setting a value is different; for this a special setter syntax 
+is needed:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  
+  type
+    TSocket* = object of TObject
+      FHost: int # cannot be accessed from the outside of the module
+                 # the `F` prefix is a convention to avoid clashes since
+                 # the accessors are named `host`
+                 
+  proc `host=`*(s: var TSocket, value: int) {.inline.} = 
+    ## setter of hostAddr
+    s.FHost = value
+  
+  proc host*(s: TSocket): int {.inline.} =
+    ## getter of hostAddr
+    return s.FHost
+    
+  var 
+    s: TSocket
+  s.host = 34  # same as `host=`(s, 34)
+
+(The example also shows ``inline`` procedures.)
+
+
+The ``[]`` array access operator can be overloaded to provide 
+`array properties`:idx:\ :
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  type
+    TVector* = object
+      x, y, z: float
+
+  proc `[]=`* (v: var TVector, i: int, value: float) =
+    # setter
+    case i
+    of 0: v.x = value
+    of 1: v.y = value
+    of 2: v.z = value
+    else: assert(false)
+
+  proc `[]`* (v: TVector, i: int): float = 
+    # getter
+    case i
+    of 0: result = v.x
+    of 1: result = v.y
+    of 2: result = v.z
+    else: assert(false)
+   
+The example is silly, since a vector is better modelled by a tuple which 
+already provides ``v[]`` access.
+
+
+Dynamic binding
+---------------
+In Nimrod procedural types are used to implement dynamic binding. The following
+example also shows some more conventions: The ``self`` or ``this`` object 
+is named ``my`` (because it is shorter than the alternatives), each class 
+provides a constructor, etc.
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  type
+    TFigure = object of TObject    # abstract base class:
+      draw: proc (my: var TFigure) # concrete classes implement this proc
+    
+  proc init(f: var TFigure) = 
+    f.draw = nil
+  
+  type
+    TCircle = object of TFigure
+      radius: int
+    
+  proc drawCircle(my: var TCircle) = echo("o " & $my.radius)
+  
+  proc init(my: var TCircle) = 
+    init(TFigure(my)) # call base constructor
+    my.radius = 5
+    my.draw = drawCircle
+
+  type
+    TRectangle = object of TFigure
+      width, height: int
+  
+  proc drawRectangle(my: var TRectangle) = echo("[]")
+  
+  proc init(my: var TRectangle) = 
+    init(TFigure(my)) # call base constructor
+    my.width = 5
+    my.height = 10
+    my.draw = drawRectangle
+
+  # now use these classes:
+  var
+    r: TRectangle
+    c: TCircle
+  init(r)
+  init(c)
+  r.draw(r)
+  c.draw(c) 
+
+The last line shows the syntactical difference between static and dynamic 
+binding: The ``r.draw(r)`` dynamic call refers to ``r`` twice. This difference
+is not necessarily bad. But if you want to eliminate the somewhat redundant
+``r``, it can be done by using *closures*: 
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  type
+    TFigure = object of TObject    # abstract base class:
+      draw: proc () {.closure.}    # concrete classes implement this proc
+    
+  proc init(f: var TFigure) = 
+    f.draw = nil
+  
+  type
+    TCircle = object of TFigure
+      radius: int
+  
+  proc init(me: var TCircle) = 
+    init(TFigure(me)) # call base constructor
+    me.radius = 5
+    me.draw = lambda () = 
+      echo("o " & $me.radius)
+
+  type
+    TRectangle = object of TFigure
+      width, height: int
+  
+  proc init(me: var TRectangle) = 
+    init(TFigure(me)) # call base constructor
+    me.width = 5
+    me.height = 10
+    me.draw = lambda () =
+      echo("[]")
+
+  # now use these classes:
+  var
+    r: TRectangle
+    c: TCircle
+  init(r)
+  init(c)
+  r.draw()
+  c.draw() 
+
+The example also introduces `lambda`:idx: expressions: A ``lambda`` expression
+defines a new proc with the ``closure`` calling convention on the fly.
+
+`Version 0.7.4: Closures and lambda expressions are not implemented.`:red:
+
+
+Exceptions
+==========
+
+In Nimrod `exceptions`:idx: are objects. By convention, exception types are 
+prefixed with an 'E', not 'T'. The ``system`` module defines an exception 
+hierarchy that you should stick to. Reusing an existing exception type is
+often better than defining a new exception type: It avoids a proliferation of
+types. 
+
+Exceptions should be allocated on the heap because their lifetime is unknown.
+
+A convention is that exceptions should be raised in *exceptional* cases: 
+For example, if a file cannot be opened, this should not raise an exception 
+since this is quite common (the file may have been deleted).
+
+
+Raise statement
+---------------
+Raising an exception is done with the ``raise`` statement: 
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  var
+    e: ref EOS
+  new(e)
+  e.msg = "the request to the OS failed"
+  raise e
+
+If the ``raise`` keyword is not followed by an expression, the last exception 
+is *re-raised*. 
+
+
+Try statement
+-------------
+
+The `try`:idx: statement handles exceptions: 
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  # read the first two lines of a text file that should contain numbers
+  # and tries to add them
+  var
+    f: TFile
+  if openFile(f, "numbers.txt"):
+    try:
+      var a = readLine(f)
+      var b = readLine(f)
+      echo("sum: " & $(parseInt(a) + parseInt(b)))
+    except EOverflow:
+      echo("overflow!")
+    except EInvalidValue:
+      echo("could not convert string to integer")
+    except EIO:
+      echo("IO error!")
+    except:
+      echo("Unknown exception!")
+      # reraise the unknown exception:
+      raise
+    finally:
+      closeFile(f)
+
+The statements after the ``try`` are executed unless an exception is 
+raised. Then the appropriate ``except`` part is executed. 
+
+The empty ``except`` part is executed if there is an exception that is
+not explicitely listed. It is similiar to an ``else`` part in ``if`` 
+statements.
+
+If there is a ``finally`` part, it is always executed after the
+exception handlers.
+
+The exception is *consumed* in an ``except`` part. If an exception is not
+handled, it is propagated through the call stack. This means that often
+the rest of the procedure - that is not within a ``finally`` clause -
+is not executed (if an exception occurs).
+
+
+Generics
+========
+
+`Version 0.7.4: Complex generic types like in the example do not work.`:red:
+
+`Generics`:idx: are Nimrod's means to parametrize procs, iterators or types 
+with `type parameters`:idx:. They are most useful for efficient type safe
+containers: 
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  type
+    TBinaryTree[T] = object      # TBinaryTree is a generic type with
+                                 # with generic param ``T``
+      le, ri: ref TBinaryTree[T] # left and right subtrees; may be nil
+      data: T                    # the data stored in a node
+    PBinaryTree*[T] = ref TBinaryTree[T] # type that is exported
+
+  proc newNode*[T](data: T): PBinaryTree[T] = 
+    # constructor for a node
+    new(result)
+    result.dat = data
+
+  proc add*[T](root: var PBinaryTree[T], n: PBinaryTree[T]) =
+    # insert a node into the tree
+    if root == nil:
+      root = n
+    else:
+      var it = root
+      while it != nil:
+        # compare the data items; uses the generic ``cmd`` proc that works for
+        # any type that has a ``==`` and ``<`` operator
+        var c = cmp(it.data, n.data) 
+        if c < 0:
+          if it.le == nil:
+            it.le = n
+            return
+          it = it.le
+        else:
+          if it.ri == nil:
+            it.ri = n
+            return
+          it = it.ri
+
+  proc add*[T](root: var PBinaryTree[T], data: T) = 
+    # convenience proc:
+    add(root, newNode(data))
+
+  iterator preorder*[T](root: PBinaryTree[T]): T =
+    # Preorder traversal of a binary tree.
+    # Since recursive iterators are not yet implemented, 
+    # this uses an explicit stack (which is more efficient anyway):
+    var stack: seq[PBinaryTree[T]] = @[root]
+    while stack.len > 0:
+      var n = stack[stack.len-1]
+      setLen(stack, stack.len-1) # pop `n` of the stack
+      while n != nil:
+        yield n
+        add(stack, n.ri)  # push right subtree onto the stack
+        n = n.le          # and follow the left pointer
+      
+  var
+    root: PBinaryTree[string] # instantiate a PBinaryTree with ``string``
+  add(root, newNode("hallo")) # instantiates generic procs ``newNode`` and ``add``
+  add(root, "world")          # instantiates the second ``add`` proc
+  for str in preorder(root):
+    stdout.writeln(str)
+
+The example shows a generic binary tree. Depending on context, the brackets are 
+used either to introduce type parameters or to instantiate a generic proc, 
+iterator or type. As the example shows, generics work with overloading: The
+best match of ``add`` is used. The built-in ``add`` procedure for sequences
+is not hidden and used in the ``preorder`` iterator. 
+
+
+Templates
+=========
+
+Templates are a simple substitution mechanism that operates on Nimrod's 
+abstract syntax trees. Templates are processed in the semantic pass of the 
+compiler. They integrate well with the rest of the language and share none 
+of C's preprocessor macros flaws. However, they may lead to code that is harder 
+to understand and maintain. So one should use them sparingly. 
+
+To *invoke* a template, call it like a procedure.
+
+Example:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  template `!=` (a, b: expr): expr =
+    # this definition exists in the System module
+    not (a == b)
+
+  assert(5 != 6) # the compiler rewrites that to: assert(not (5 == 6))
+
+The ``!=``, ``>``, ``>=``, ``in``, ``notin``, ``isnot`` operators are in fact 
+templates: This has the benefit that if you overload the ``==`` operator, 
+the ``!=`` operator is available automatically and does the right thing.
+
+``a > b`` is transformed into ``b < a``.
+``a in b`` is transformed into ``contains(b, a)``. 
+``notin`` and ``isnot`` have the obvious meanings.
+
+Templates are especially useful for lazy evaluation purposes. Consider a
+simple proc for logging: 
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  const
+    debug = True
+    
+  proc log(msg: string) {.inline.} = 
+    if debug:
+      stdout.writeln(msg)
+  
+  var
+    x = 4
+  log("x has the value: " & $x)
+
+This code has a shortcoming: If ``debug`` is set to false someday, the quite
+expensive ``$`` and ``&`` operations are still performed! (The argument 
+evaluation for procedures is said to be *eager*).
+
+Turning the ``log`` proc into a template solves this problem in an elegant way:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  const
+    debug = True
+    
+  template log(msg: expr): stmt = 
+    if debug:
+      stdout.writeln(msg)
+  
+  var
+    x = 4
+  log("x has the value: " & $x)
+
+The "types" of templates can be the symbols ``expr`` (stands for *expression*), 
+``stmt`` (stands for *statement*) or ``typedesc`` (stands for *type 
+description*). These are no real types, they just help the compiler parsing.
+
+The template body does not open a new scope. To open a new scope
+use a ``block`` statement:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  template declareInScope(x: expr, t: typeDesc): stmt = 
+    var x: t
+    
+  template declareInNewScope(x: expr, t: typeDesc): stmt = 
+    # open a new scope:
+    block: 
+      var x: t
+
+  declareInScope(a, int)
+  a = 42  # works, `a` is known here
+  
+  declareInNewScope(b, int)
+  b = 42  # does not work, `b` is unknown
+
+
+Macros
+======
+
+If the template mechanism scares you, you will be pleased to hear that 
+templates are not really necessary: Macros can do anything that templates can
+do and much more. Macros are harder to write than templates and even harder 
+to get right :-). Now that you have been warned, lets see what a macro *is*.
+
+Macros enable advanced compile-time code tranformations, but they
+cannot change Nimrod's syntax. However, this is no real restriction because
+Nimrod's syntax is flexible enough anyway. 
+
+`Macros`:idx: can be used to implement `domain specific languages`:idx:. 
+
+To write macros, one needs to know how the Nimrod concrete syntax is converted
+to an abstract syntax tree (AST). (Unfortunately the AST is not documented yet.)
+
+There are two ways to invoke a macro:
+(1) invoking a macro like a procedure call (`expression macros`:idx:)
+(2) invoking a macro with the special ``macrostmt`` syntax (`statement macros`:idx:)
+
+
+Expression Macros
+-----------------
+
+The following example implements a powerful ``debug`` command that accepts a
+variable number of arguments (this cannot be done with templates):
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  # to work with Nimrod syntax trees, we need an API that is defined in the
+  # ``macros`` module:
+  import macros
+
+  macro debug(n: expr): stmt =
+    # `n` is a Nimrod AST that contains the whole macro expression
+    # this macro returns a list of statements:
+    result = newNimNode(nnkStmtList, n)
+    # iterate over any argument that is passed to this macro:
+    for i in 1..n.len-1:
+      # add a call to the statement list that writes the expression;
+      # `toStrLit` converts an AST to its string representation:
+      result.add(newCall("write", newIdentNode("stdout"), toStrLit(n[i])))
+      # add a call to the statement list that writes ": "
+      result.add(newCall("write", newIdentNode("stdout"), newStrLitNode(": ")))
+      # add a call to the statement list that writes the expressions value:
+      result.add(newCall("writeln", newIdentNode("stdout"), n[i]))
+
+  var
+    a: array[0..10, int]
+    x = "some string"
+  a[0] = 42
+  a[1] = 45
+
+  debug(a[0], a[1], x)
+
+The macro call expands to:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+  write(stdout, "a[0]")
+  write(stdout, ": ")
+  writeln(stdout, a[0])
+
+  write(stdout, "a[1]")
+  write(stdout, ": ")
+  writeln(stdout, a[1])
+
+  write(stdout, "x")
+  write(stdout, ": ")
+  writeln(stdout, x)
+
+
+Lets return to the dynamic binding ``r.draw(r)`` notational "problem". Apart 
+from closures, there is another "solution": Define an infix ``!`` macro 
+operator which hides it: 
+
+.. code-block:: 
+
+  macro `!` (n: expr): expr = 
+    result = newNimNode(nnkCall, n)
+    var dot = newNimNode(nnkDotExpr, n)
+    dot.add(n[1])    # obj
+    if n[2].kind == nnkCall:
+      # transforms ``obj!method(arg1, arg2, ...)`` to
+      # ``(obj.method)(obj, arg1, arg2, ...)``
+      dot.add(n[2][0]) # method
+      result.add(dot)
+      result.add(n[1]) # obj
+      for i in 1..n[2].len-1:
+        result.add(n[2][i])
+    else:
+      # transforms ``obj!method`` to
+      # ``(obj.method)(obj)``
+      dot.add(n[2]) # method
+      result.add(dot)
+      result.add(n[1]) # obj
+  
+  r!draw(a, b, c) # will be transfomed into ``r.draw(r, a, b, c)``
+
+Great! 20 lines of complex code to safe a few keystrokes! Obviously, this is
+exactly you should not do! (But it makes a cool example.)
+
+
+Statement Macros
+----------------
+
+Statement macros are defined just as expression macros. However, they are
+invoked by an expression following a colon.
+
+The following example outlines a macro that generates a lexical analyser from
+regular expressions:
+
+.. code-block:: nimrod
+
+  macro case_token(n: stmt): stmt =
+    # creates a lexical analyser from regular expressions
+    # ... (implementation is an exercise for the reader :-)
+    nil
+
+  case_token: # this colon tells the parser it is a macro statement
+  of r"[A-Za-z_]+[A-Za-z_0-9]*":
+    return tkIdentifier
+  of r"0-9+":
+    return tkInteger
+  of r"[\+\-\*\?]+":
+    return tkOperator
+  else:
+    return tkUnknown
+
+

doc/tutorial.txt

@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-===========================================
-Tutorial of the Nimrod Programming Language
-===========================================
-
-:Author: Andreas Rumpf
-
-Motivation
-==========
-
-Why yet another programming language?
-
-Look at the trends behind all the new programming languages:
-
-* They try to be dynamic: Dynamic typing, dynamic method binding, etc.
-  In my opinion the most things the dynamic features buy could be achieved
-  with static means in a more efficient and *understandable* way. 
-
-* They depend on big runtime environments which you need to
-  ship with your program as each new version of these may break compability
-  in subtle ways or you use recently added features - thus forcing your
-  users to update their runtime environment. Compiled programs where the
-  executable contains all needed code are simply the better solution. 
-
-* They are unsuitable for systems programming: Do you really want to
-  write an operating system, a device driver or an interpreter in a language
-  that is just-in-time compiled (or interpreted)?
-
-
-So what lacks are *good* systems programming languages. Nimrod is such a
-language. It offers the following features:
-
-* It is readable: It reads from left to right (unlike the C-syntax
-  languages).
-* It is strongly and statically typed: This enables the compiler to find
-  more errors. Static typing also makes programs more *readable*.
-* It is compiled. (Currently this is done via compilation to C.)
-* It is garbage collected. Big systems need garbage collection. Manuell
-  memory management is also supported through *untraced pointers*.
-* It scales because high level features are also available: It has built-in
-  bit sets, strings, enumerations, objects, arrays and dynamically resizeable
-  arrays (called *sequences*).
-* It has high performance: The current implementation compiles to C
-  and uses a Deutsch-Bobrow garbage collector together with Christoper's
-  partial mark-sweep garbage collector leading to excellent execution
-  speed and a small memory footprint.
-* It has real modules with proper interfaces and supports separate
-  compilation.
-* It is portable: It compiles to C and platform specific features have
-  been separated and documented. So even if your platform is not supported
-  porting should be easy.
-* It is flexible: Although primilarily a procedural language, generic,
-  functional and object-oriented programming is also supported.
-* It is easy to learn, easy to use and leads to elegant programs.
-* You can link an embedded debugger to your program (ENDB). ENDB is
-  very easy to use - there is no need to clutter your code with
-  ``echo`` statements for proper debugging.
-
-
-Introduction
-============
-
-This document is a tutorial for the programming language *Nimrod*. It should
-be a readable quick tour through the language instead of a dry specification
-(which can be found `here <manual.html>`_). This tutorial assumes that
-the reader already knows some other programming language such as Pascal. Thus
-it is detailed in cases where Nimrod differs from other programming languages
-and kept short where Nimrod is more or less the same.
-
-
-A quick tour through the language
-=================================
-
-The first program
------------------
-
-We start the tour with a modified "hallo world" program:
-
-.. code-block:: Nimrod
-  # This is a comment
-  # Standard IO-routines are always accessible
-  write(stdout, "What's your name? ")
-  var name: string = readLine(stdin)
-  write(stdout, "Hi, " & name & "!\n")
-
-
-Save this code to the file "greeting.nim". Now compile and run it::
-
-  nimrod compile --run greeting.nim
-
-As you see, with the ``--run`` switch Nimrod executes the file automatically
-after compilation. You can even give your program command line arguments by
-appending them after the filename that is to be compiled and run::
-
-  nimrod compile --run greeting.nim arg1 arg2
-
-Though it should be pretty obvious what the program does, I will explain the
-syntax: Statements which are not indented are executed when the program
-starts. Indentation is Nimrod's way of grouping statements. String literals
-are enclosed in double quotes. The ``var`` statement declares a new variable
-named ``name`` of type ``string`` with the value that is returned by the
-``readline`` procedure. Since the compiler knows that ``readline`` returns
-a string, you can leave out the type in the declaration. So this will work too:
-
-.. code-block:: Nimrod
-  var name = readline(stdin)
-
-Note that this is the only form of type inference that exists in Nimrod:
-This is because it yields a good compromise between brevity and readability.
-
-The ``&`` operator concates strings together. ``\n`` stands for the
-new line character(s). On several operating systems ``\n`` is represented by
-*two* characters: Linefeed and Carriage Return. That is why
-*character literals* cannot contain ``\n``. But since Nimrod handles strings
-so well, this is a nonissue.
-
-The "hallo world" program contains several identifiers that are already
-known to the compiler: ``write``, ``stdout``, ``readLine``, etc. These
-built-in items are declared in the system_ module which is implicitly
-imported by any other module.
-
-
-Lexical elements
-----------------
-
-Let us look into Nimrod's lexical elements in more detail: Like other
-programming languages Nimrod consists of identifiers, keywords, comments,
-operators, and other punctation marks. Case is *insignificant* in Nimrod and
-even underscores are ignored: ``This_is_an_identifier`` and this is the same
-identifier ``ThisIsAnIdentifier``. This feature enables one to use other
-peoples code without bothering about a naming convention that one does not
-like.
-
-String literals are enclosed in double quotes, character literals in single
-quotes. There exist also *raw* string and character literals:
-
-.. code-block:: Nimrod
-  r"C:\program files\nim"
-
-In raw literals the backslash is not an escape character, so they fit
-the principle *what you see is what you get*. *Long string literals*
-are also available (``""" ... """``); they can span over multiple lines
-and the ``\`` is not an escape character either. They are very useful
-for embedding SQL code templates for example.
-
-Comments start with ``#`` and run till the end of the line. (Well this is not
-quite true, but you should read the manual for a proper explanation.)
-
-... XXX number literals
-
-
-The usual statements - if, while, for, case
--------------------------------------------
-
-In Nimrod indentation is used to group statements.
-An example showing the most common statement types:
-
-.. code-block:: Nimrod
-  var name = readLine(stdin)
-
-  if name == "Andreas":
-    echo("What a nice name!")
-  elif name == "":
-    echo("Don't you have a name?")
-  else:
-    echo("Boring name...")
-
-  for i in 0..length(name)-1:
-    if name[i] == 'm':
-      echo("hey, there is an *m* in your name!")
-
-  echo("Please give your password: \n")
-  var pw = readLine(stdin)
-
-  while pw != "12345":
-    echo("Wrong password! Next try: \n")
-    pw = readLine(stdin)
-
-  echo("""Login complete!
-  What do you want to do?
-  delete-everything
-  restart-computer
-  go-for-a-walk
-  """)
-
-  case readline(stdin)
-  of "delete-everything", "restart-computer":
-    echo("permission denied")
-  of "go-for-a-walk":     echo("please yourself")
-  else:                   echo("unknown command")
-
-
-..
-  Types
-  -----
-  
-  Nimrod has a rich type system. This tutorial only gives a few examples. Read
-  the `manual <manual.html>`_ for further information:
-  
-  .. code-block:: Nimrod
-    type
-      TMyRecord = object
-        x, y: int
-  
-  
-  Procedures
-  ----------
-  
-  Procedures are subroutines. They are declared in this way:
-  
-  .. code-block:: Nimrod
-    proc findSubStr(sub: string,
-
-
-.. _strutils: strutils.html
-.. _system: system.html

install.sh

@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# 
-# Nimrod installation script
-#   (c) 2008 Andreas Rumpf
-#
-
-if [ $# -eq 1 ] ; then
-
-  if test -f bin/nimrod
-  then 
-    echo "Nimrod already built -- skipping this phase"
-  else
-    echo "building Nimrod..."
-    sh ./build.sh || exit 1
-    echo "...done"
-  fi
-  
-  case $1 in
-    "/usr/bin")
-      configdir=/etc
-      libdir=/usr/lib/nimrod
-      mkdir -p /usr/lib/nimrod
-      mkdir -p /usr/share/nimrod/doc
-
-      cp bin/nimrod /usr/bin/nimrod
-      cp config/nimdoc.cfg /etc/nimdoc.cfg
-      cp -r -p lib /usr/lib/nimrod
-      cp -r -p doc /usr/share/nimrod/doc
-      ;;
-    "/usr/local/bin")
-      configdir=/etc
-      libdir=/usr/local/lib/nimrod
-      mkdir -p /usr/local/lib/nimrod
-      mkdir -p /usr/local/share/nimrod/doc
-
-      cp bin/nimrod /usr/local/bin/nimrod
-      cp config/nimdoc.cfg /etc/nimdoc.cfg
-      cp -r -p lib /usr/local/lib/nimrod
-      cp -r -p doc /usr/local/share/nimrod/doc
-      ;;
-    *)
-      configdir="$1/nimrod/config"
-      libdir="$1/nimrod/lib"
-      mkdir -p $1/nimrod
-      mkdir -p $1/nimrod/bin
-      mkdir -p $1/nimrod/config
-      mkdir -p $1/nimrod/lib
-      mkdir -p $1/nimrod/doc
-
-      cp bin/nimrod $1/nimrod/bin/nimrod
-      cp config/nimdoc.cfg $1/nimrod/config/nimdoc.cfg
-      cp -r -p lib $1/nimrod
-      cp -r -p doc $1/nimrod
-      ;;
-  esac
-  # write the configuration file
-  cat >$configdir/nimrod.cfg <<EOF
-# Configuration file for the Nimrod Compiler.
-# Feel free to edit the default values as you need.
-
-cc = gcc
-lib=$libdir
-path="\$lib/base"
-path="\$lib/base/gtk"
-path="\$lib/base/cairo"
-path="\$lib/base/x11"
-path="\$lib/base/sdl"
-path="\$lib/base/opengl"
-path="\$lib/base/zip"
-path="\$lib/windows"
-path="\$lib/posix"
-path="\$lib/ecmas"
-path="\$lib/extra"
-
-@if release:
-  obj_checks:off
-  field_checks:off
-  range_checks:off
-  bound_checks:off
-  overflow_checks:off
-  assertions:off
-
-  stacktrace:off
-  debugger:off
-  line_dir:off
-  opt:speed
-@end
-
-# additional options always passed to the compiler:
---verbosity: "1"
-hint[LineTooLong]=off
-
-@if unix and not bsd:
-  passl= "-ldl"
-@end
-
-@if icc:
-  passl = "-cxxlib"
-  passc = "-cxxlib"
-@end
-
-# Configuration for the GNU C/C++ compiler:
-#gcc.exe = "gcc-4.3"
-#gcc.linkerExe = "gcc-4.3"
-gcc.options.debug = "-g"
-@if macosx:
-  gcc.options.always = "-w -fasm-blocks"
-@else:
-  gcc.options.always = "-w"
-@end
-gcc.options.speed = "-O3 -fno-strict-aliasing"
-gcc.options.size = "-Os"
-EOF
-  echo "installation successful"
-else
-  echo "Nimrod installation script"
-  echo "Usage: [sudo] sh install.h DIR"
-  echo "Where DIR may be:"
-  echo "  /usr/bin"
-  echo "  /usr/local/bin"
-  echo "  /opt"
-  echo "  <some other dir> (treated like '/opt')"
-  echo "To deinstall, use the command:"
-  echo "sh deinstall.sh DIR"
-  exit 1
-fi

koch.py

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ False = 0 == 1
 
 # --------------------- constants  ----------------------------------------
 
-NIMROD_VERSION = '0.7.2'
+NIMROD_VERSION = '0.7.4'
 # This string contains Nimrod's version. It is the only place
 # where the version needs to be updated. The rest is done by
 # the build process automatically. It is replaced **everywhere**
@@ -35,8 +35,6 @@ force = False
 
 GENERATE_DIFF = False
 # if set, a diff.log file is generated when bootstrapping
-# this uses quite a good amount of RAM (ca. 12 MB), so it should not be done
-# on underpowered systems.
 
 USE_FPC = True
 
@@ -45,31 +43,6 @@ BOOTCMD = "%s cc --compile:build/platdef.c %s rod/nimrod.nim"
 
 # --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-DOC = split("""endb intern lib manual nimrodc steps overview""")
-SRCDOC = split("""system os strutils base/regexprs math complex times
-            parseopt hashes strtabs lexbase parsecfg base/dialogs
-            posix/posix
-            streams base/odbcsql
-            base/zip/zipfiles base/zip/zlib base/zip/libzip
-         """)
-
-ADD_SRCDOC = split("""
-                base/cairo/cairo  base/cairo/cairoft
-                base/cairo/cairowin32  base/cairo/cairoxlib
-                base/gtk/atk  base/gtk/gdk2 base/gtk/gdk2pixbuf
-                base/gtk/gdkglext base/gtk/glib2  base/gtk/gtk2
-                base/gtk/gtkglext base/gtk/gtkhtml base/gtk/libglade2
-                base/gtk/pango base/gtk/pangoutils
-                windows/windows windows/mmsystem windows/nb30
-                windows/ole2 windows/shellapi windows/shfolder
-                base/x11/*.nim
-                base/opengl/*.nim
-                base/sdl/*.nim
-                base/lua/*.nim
-            """)
-
-# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
 def Error(msg): sys.exit("[Koch] *** ERROR: " + msg)
 def Warn(msg): print "[Koch] *** WARNING: " + msg
 def Echo(msg): print "[Koch] " + msg
@@ -140,7 +113,7 @@ BaseDir = _baseDir
 def Path(a):
   # Gets a UNIX like path and converts it to a path on this platform.
   # With UNIX like, I mean: slashes, not backslashes, only relative
-  # paths ('../etc' can be used)
+  # paths ('../etc') can be used
   result = a
   if os.sep != "/": result = replace(result, "/", os.sep)
   if os.pardir != "..": result = replace(result, "..", os.pardir)
@@ -401,12 +374,12 @@ Options:
 Possible Commands:
   nim                      builds the Pascal version of Nimrod
   rod [options]            builds the Nimrod version of Nimrod (with options)
-  doc                      builds the documentation in HTML
   clean                    cleans Nimrod project; removes generated files
   boot [options]           bootstraps with given command line options
   rodsrc                   generates Nimrod version from Pascal version
   web                      generates the website
   profile                  profile the Nimrod compiler
+  csource                  build the C sources for installation
   zip                      build the installation ZIP package
   inno                     build the Inno Setup installer
 """ % (NIMROD_VERSION + ' ' * (44-len(NIMROD_VERSION)), sys.version)
@@ -436,7 +409,6 @@ def main(args):
     cmd = args[i]
     if cmd == "rod": cmd_rod(join(args[i+1:]))
     elif cmd == "nim": cmd_nim()
-    elif cmd == "doc": cmd_doc()
     elif cmd == "clean": cmd_clean()
     elif cmd == "boot": cmd_boot(join(args[i+1:]))
     elif cmd == "rodsrc": cmd_rodsrc()
@@ -444,11 +416,14 @@ def main(args):
     elif cmd == "profile": cmd_profile()
     elif cmd == "zip": cmd_zip()
     elif cmd == "inno": cmd_inno()
+    elif cmd == "csource": cmd_csource()
     else: Error("illegal command: " + cmd)
     
-def cmd_zip():
+def cmd_csource():
   Exec("nimrod cc -r tools/niminst --var:version=%s csource rod/nimrod" %
        NIMROD_VERSION)
+
+def cmd_zip():
   Exec("nimrod cc -r tools/niminst --var:version=%s zip rod/nimrod" %
        NIMROD_VERSION)
   
@@ -586,50 +561,10 @@ def cmd_profile():
 
 # ------------------ web ------------------------------------------------------
 
-def buildDoc(destPath):
-  # call nim for the documentation:
-  for d in DOC:
-    Exec("nimrod rst2html --putenv:nimrodversion=%s -o:%s/%s.html "
-          "--index=%s/theindex doc/%s" %
-         (NIMROD_VERSION, destPath, d, destPath, d))
-  for d in SRCDOC:
-    Exec("nimrod doc --putenv:nimrodversion=%s -o:%s/%s.html "
-         "--index=%s/theindex lib/%s" %
-         (NIMROD_VERSION, destPath, FilenameNoExt(d), destPath, d))
-  Exec("nimrod rst2html -o:%s/theindex.html %s/theindex" % (destPath, destPath))
-
-def buildAddDoc(destPath):
-  # build additional documentation (without the index):
-  def build(d):
-    c = Changed("web__"+d, ["lib/"+d+".nim"], EXPLAIN)
-    if c.check() or force:
-      Exec("nimrod doc --putenv:nimrodversion=%s -o:%s/%s.html "
-           " lib/%s" % (NIMROD_VERSION, destPath, FilenameNoExt(d), d))
-      c.success()
-  
-  for a in ADD_SRCDOC:
-    if '*' in a: 
-      for d in Glob("lib/" + a): build(d)
-    else:
-      build(a)
-
 def cmd_web():
   Exec("nimrod cc -r tools/nimweb.nim web/nimrod --putenv:nimrodversion=%s" 
        % NIMROD_VERSION)
        
-# ------------------ doc ------------------------------------------------------
-
-def cmd_doc():
-  c = Changed("doc", ["koch.py"] +
-                     Glob("doc/*.txt") + Glob("lib/*.txt") + Glob("lib/*.nim")+
-                     Glob("config/*.cfg"),
-              EXPLAIN)
-  if c.check() or force:
-    cmd_nim() # we need Nimrod for processing the documentation
-    buildDoc("doc")
-    if Exists("doc/overview.html"):
-      c.success()
-
 # -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 def getVersion():

lib/arithm.nim

@@ -102,51 +102,16 @@ proc absInt(a: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
   raiseOverflow()
 
 const
-  asmVersion = defined(I386) and (defined(vcc) or defined(wcc) or defined(dmc))
+  asmVersion = defined(I386) and (defined(vcc) or defined(wcc) or
+               defined(dmc) or defined(gcc) or defined(llvm_gcc))
     # my Version of Borland C++Builder does not have
     # tasm32, which is needed for assembler blocks
     # this is why Borland is not included in the 'when'
-  useInline = not asmVersion
 
-when asmVersion and defined(gcc):
+when asmVersion and not defined(gcc) and not defined(llvm_gcc):
-  proc addInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure, inline.}
-  proc subInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure, inline.}
-  proc mulInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure, inline.}
-  proc divInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure, inline.}
-  proc modInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure, inline.}
-  proc negInt(a: int): int {.compilerProc, pure, inline.}
-
-elif asmVersion:
-  proc addInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.}
-  proc subInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.}
-  proc mulInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.}
-  proc divInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.}
-  proc modInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.}
-  proc negInt(a: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.}
-
-elif useInline:
-  proc addInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.}
-  proc subInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.}
-  proc mulInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc.}
-      # mulInt is to large for inlining?
-  proc divInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.}
-  proc modInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.}
-  proc negInt(a: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.}
-
-else:
-  proc addInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc.}
-  proc subInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc.}
-  proc mulInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc.}
-  proc divInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc.}
-  proc modInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc.}
-  proc negInt(a: int): int {.compilerProc.}
-
-# implementation:
-
-when asmVersion and not defined(gcc):
   # assembler optimized versions for compilers that
   # have an intel syntax assembler:
-  proc addInt(a, b: int): int =
+  proc addInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.} =
     # a in eax, and b in edx
     asm """
         mov eax, `a`
@@ -156,7 +121,7 @@ when asmVersion and not defined(gcc):
       theEnd:
     """
 
-  proc subInt(a, b: int): int =
+  proc subInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.} =
     asm """
         mov eax, `a`
         sub eax, `b`
@@ -165,7 +130,7 @@ when asmVersion and not defined(gcc):
       theEnd:
     """
 
-  proc negInt(a: int): int =
+  proc negInt(a: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.} =
     asm """
         mov eax, `a`
         neg eax
@@ -174,7 +139,7 @@ when asmVersion and not defined(gcc):
       theEnd:
     """
 
-  proc divInt(a, b: int): int =
+  proc divInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.} =
     asm """
         mov eax, `a`
         mov ecx, `b`
@@ -185,7 +150,7 @@ when asmVersion and not defined(gcc):
       theEnd:
     """
 
-  proc modInt(a, b: int): int =
+  proc modInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.} =
     asm """
         mov eax, `a`
         mov ecx, `b`
@@ -197,7 +162,7 @@ when asmVersion and not defined(gcc):
         mov eax, edx
     """
 
-  proc mulInt(a, b: int): int =
+  proc mulInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, pure.} =
     asm """
         mov eax, `a`
         mov ecx, `b`
@@ -208,99 +173,105 @@ when asmVersion and not defined(gcc):
       theEnd:
     """
 
-elif asmVersion and defined(gcc):
+elif false: # asmVersion and (defined(gcc) or defined(llvm_gcc)):
-  proc addInt(a, b: int): int =
+  proc addInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
-    asm """ "addl %1,%%eax\n"
+    # don't use a pure proc here!
+    asm """
+      "addl %%ecx, %%eax\n"
       "jno 1\n"
       "call _raiseOverflow\n"
       "1: \n"
-            :"=a"(`a`)
+      :"=a"(`result`)
-            :"a"(`a`), "r"(`b`)
+      :"a"(`a`), "c"(`b`)
     """
 
-  proc subInt(a, b: int): int =
+  proc subInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
-    asm """ "subl %1,%%eax\n"
+    asm """ "subl %%ecx,%%eax\n"
             "jno 1\n"
             "call _raiseOverflow\n"
             "1: \n"
-            :"=a"(`a`)
+           :"=a"(`result`)
-            :"a"(`a`), "r"(`b`)
+           :"a"(`a`), "c"(`b`)
     """
 
-  proc negInt(a: int): int =
+  proc mulInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
+    asm """  "xorl %%edx, %%edx\n"
+             "imull %%ecx\n"
+             "jno 1\n"
+             "call _raiseOverflow\n"
+             "1: \n"
+            :"=a"(`result`)
+            :"a"(`a`), "c"(`b`)
+            :"%edx"
+    """
+
+  proc negInt(a: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
     asm """ "negl %%eax\n"
             "jno 1\n"
             "call _raiseOverflow\n"
             "1: \n"
-            :"=a"(`a`)
+           :"=a"(`result`)
            :"a"(`a`)
     """
 
-  proc divInt(a, b: int): int =
+  proc divInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
     asm """  "xorl %%edx, %%edx\n"
              "idivl %%ecx\n"
              "jno 1\n"
              "call _raiseOverflow\n"
              "1: \n"
-             :"=a"(`a`)
+            :"=a"(`result`)
             :"a"(`a`), "c"(`b`)
             :"%edx"
     """
 
-  proc modInt(a, b: int): int =
+  proc modInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
     asm """  "xorl %%edx, %%edx\n"
              "idivl %%ecx\n"
              "jno 1\n"
              "call _raiseOverflow\n"
              "1: \n"
              "movl %%edx, %%eax"
-             :"=a"(`a`)
+            :"=a"(`result`)
             :"a"(`a`), "c"(`b`)
             :"%edx"
     """
 
-  proc mulInt(a, b: int): int =
+# Platform independant versions of the above (slower!)
-    asm """  "xorl %%edx, %%edx\n"
+when not defined(addInt):
-             "imull %%ecx\n"
+  proc addInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
-             "jno 1\n"
-             "call _raiseOverflow\n"
-             "1: \n"
-             :"=a"(`a`)
-             :"a"(`a`), "c"(`b`)
-             :"%edx"
-    """
-
-else:
-  # Platform independant versions of the above (slower!)
-
-  proc addInt(a, b: int): int =
     result = a +% b
     if (result xor a) >= 0 or (result xor b) >= 0:
       return result
     raiseOverflow()
 
-  proc subInt(a, b: int): int =
+when not defined(subInt):
+  proc subInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
     result = a -% b
     if (result xor a) >= 0 or (result xor not b) >= 0:
       return result
     raiseOverflow()
 
-  proc negInt(a: int): int =
+when not defined(negInt):
+  proc negInt(a: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
     if a != low(int): return -a
     raiseOverflow()
 
-  proc divInt(a, b: int): int =
+when not defined(divInt):
+  proc divInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
     if b == 0:
       raiseDivByZero()
     if a == low(int) and b == -1:
       raiseOverflow()
     return a div b
 
-  proc modInt(a, b: int): int =
+when not defined(modInt):
+  proc modInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc, inline.} =
     if b == 0:
       raiseDivByZero()
     return a mod b
 
+when not defined(mulInt):
   #
   # This code has been inspired by Python's source code.
   # The native int product x*y is either exactly right or *way* off, being
@@ -321,7 +292,7 @@ else:
   # the only one that can lose catastrophic amounts of information, it's the
   # native int product that must have overflowed.
   #
-  proc mulInt(a, b: int): int =
+  proc mulInt(a, b: int): int {.compilerProc.} =
     var
       resAsFloat, floatProd: float
 

lib/base/cgi.nim

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ proc getServerSoftware*(): string =
 
 proc setTestData*(keysvalues: openarray[string]) = 
   ## fills the appropriate environment variables to test your CGI application.
-  ## This can only simulate the 'GET' 'REQUEST_METHOD'. `keysvalues` should
+  ## This can only simulate the 'GET' request method. `keysvalues` should
   ## provide embedded (name, value)-pairs. Example:
   ##
   ## .. code-block:: Nimrod
@@ -300,6 +300,7 @@ proc setTestData*(keysvalues: openarray[string]) =
 proc writeContentType*() = 
   ## call this before starting to send your HTML data to `stdout`. This
   ## is just a shorthand for: 
+  ##
   ## .. code-block:: Nimrod
   ##     write(stdout, "Content-type: text/html\n\n")
   write(stdout, "Content-type: text/html\n\n")

lib/base/gtk/atk.nim

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 import
   glib2
 

lib/base/gtk/gdk2.nim

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 import
   glib2, gdk2pixbuf, pango
 

lib/base/gtk/gdk2pixbuf.nim

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 import
   glib2
 

lib/base/gtk/gdkglext.nim

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 import 
   Glib2, Gdk2
 

lib/base/gtk/glib2.nim

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 when defined(windows):
   const
     gliblib = "libglib-2.0-0.dll"

lib/base/gtk/gtk2.nim

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 import
   glib2, atk, pango, gdk2pixbuf, gdk2
 

lib/base/gtk/gtkglext.nim

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 import 
   Glib2, Gdk2, Gtk2, GdkGLExt
 

lib/base/gtk/gtkhtml.nim

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 import 
   gtk2, glib2, atk, pango, gdk2pixbuf, gdk2
 

lib/base/gtk/libglade2.nim

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 import
   glib2, gtk2
 

lib/base/gtk/pango.nim

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 import
   glib2
 

lib/base/gtk/pangoutils.nim

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 import
   glib2, pango
 

lib/base/sdl/sdl.nim

@@ -270,7 +270,8 @@
 #
 #
 
-#
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 when defined(windows):
   const SDLLibName = "SDL.dll"
 elif defined(macosx):

lib/base/sdl/sdl_mixer.nim

@@ -318,11 +318,6 @@ proc Mix_LoadWAV_RW*(src: PSDL_RWops, freesrc: int): PMix_Chunk{.cdecl,
 proc Mix_LoadWAV*(filename: cstring): PMix_Chunk
 proc Mix_LoadMUS*(filename: cstring): PMix_Music{.cdecl,
     importc, dynlib: SDL_MixerLibName.}
-  ##if 0 { This hasn't been hooked into music.c yet }
-  #{ Load a music file from an SDL_RWop object (MikMod-specific currently)
-  #   Matt Campbell (matt@campbellhome.dhs.org) April 2000 }
-  #function Mix_LoadMUS_RW(SDL_RWops *rw) : PMix_Music;  cdecl;
-  ##endif
   # Load a wave file of the mixer format from a memory buffer
 proc Mix_QuickLoad_WAV*(mem: PUint8): PMix_Chunk{.cdecl,
     importc, dynlib: SDL_MixerLibName.}

lib/dyncalls.nim

@@ -126,5 +126,5 @@ elif defined(mac):
     nss = NSLookupSymbolInModule(NSModule(lib), name)
     result = TProcAddr(NSAddressOfSymbol(nss))
 
-else: # workaround a newly introduced bug :-(
+else:
   {.error: "no implementation for dyncalls".}

lib/ecmasys.nim

@@ -326,6 +326,9 @@ proc echo*(x: cstring) = ewriteln(x)
 proc echo[Ty](x: Ty) =
   echo(x)
 
+proc echo[Ty](x: openArray[Ty]) =
+  for a in items(x): echo(a)
+
 # Arithmetic:
 proc addInt(a, b: int): int {.pure, compilerproc.} =
   asm """

lib/excpt.nim

@@ -61,9 +61,6 @@ type
     filename: CString
     len: int  # length of slots (when not debugging always zero)
 
-  TTempFrame = tuple[ # used for recursion elimination in WriteStackTrace
-    procname: CString, line: int]
-
 var
   buf: string       # cannot be allocated on the stack!
   assertBuf: string # we need a different buffer for
@@ -72,28 +69,40 @@ var
 
   framePtr {.exportc.}: PFrame
 
-  tempFrames: array [0..255, TTempFrame] # cannot be allocated
+  tempFrames: array [0..127, PFrame] # cannot be allocated on the stack!
-                                         # on the stack!
 
 proc auxWriteStackTrace(f: PFrame, s: var string) =
+  const 
+    firstCalls = 32
   var
     it = f
     i = 0
     total = 0
-  while it != nil and i <= high(tempFrames):
+  while it != nil and i <= high(tempFrames)-(firstCalls-1):
-    tempFrames[i] = (it.procname, it.line)
+    # the (-1) is for a nil entry that marks where the '...' should occur
+    tempFrames[i] = it
     inc(i)
     inc(total)
     it = it.prev
+  var b = it
   while it != nil:
     inc(total)
     it = it.prev
-  # if the buffer overflowed print '...':
+  for j in 1..total-i-(firstCalls-1): 
+    if b != nil: b = b.prev
   if total != i:
-    add(s, "(")
+    tempFrames[i] = nil
-    add(s, $(total-i))
+    inc(i)
-    add(s, " calls omitted) ...\n")
+  while b != nil and i <= high(tempFrames):
+    tempFrames[i] = b
+    inc(i)
+    b = b.prev
   for j in countdown(i-1, 0):
+    if tempFrames[j] == nil: 
+      add(s, "(")
+      add(s, $(total-i-1))
+      add(s, " calls omitted) ...\n")
+    else:
       add(s, $tempFrames[j].procname)
       if tempFrames[j].line > 0:
         add(s, ", line: ")
@@ -156,8 +165,7 @@ proc internalAssert(file: cstring, line: int, cond: bool) {.compilerproc.} =
     raise gAssertionFailed # newException(EAssertionFailed, assertBuf)
 
 proc WriteStackTrace() =
-  var
+  var s = ""
-    s: string = ""
   rawWriteStackTrace(s)
   writeToStdErr(s)
 
@@ -208,13 +216,13 @@ assertBuf = newString(2048)
 setLen(buf, 0)
 setLen(assertBuf, 0)
 
-proc raiseRangeError(val: biggestInt) {.compilerproc, noreturn.} =
+proc raiseRangeError(val: biggestInt) {.compilerproc, noreturn, noinline.} =
   raise newException(EOutOfRange, "value " & $val & " out of range")
 
-proc raiseIndexError() {.compilerproc, noreturn.} =
+proc raiseIndexError() {.compilerproc, noreturn, noinline.} =
   raise newException(EInvalidIndex, "index out of bounds")
 
-proc raiseFieldError(f: string) {.compilerproc, noreturn.} =
+proc raiseFieldError(f: string) {.compilerproc, noreturn, noinline.} =
   raise newException(EInvalidField, f & " is not accessible")
 
 proc chckIndx(i, a, b: int): int =

lib/gc.nim

@@ -13,11 +13,10 @@
 # * incremental
 # * non-recursive
 # * generational
-# * excellent performance
 
 # Future Improvements:
 # * Both dlmalloc and TLSF lack zero-overhead object allocation. Thus, for
-#   small objects we will should use our own allocator.
+#   small objects we should use our own allocator.
 # * Support for multi-threading. However, locks for the reference counting
 #   might turn out to be too slow.
 
@@ -332,7 +331,7 @@ proc CellSetPut(t: var TCellSet, key: TAddress): PPageDesc =
 
 # ---------- slightly higher level procs --------------------------------------
 
-proc in_Operator(s: TCellSet, cell: PCell): bool =
+proc contains(s: TCellSet, cell: PCell): bool =
   var u = cast[TAddress](cell)
   var t = CellSetGet(s, u shr PageShift)
   if t != nil:
@@ -468,23 +467,6 @@ proc prepareDealloc(cell: PCell) =
 proc setStackBottom(theStackBottom: pointer) {.compilerproc.} =
   stackBottom = theStackBottom
 
-proc initGC() =
-  when traceGC:
-    for i in low(TCellState)..high(TCellState): CellSetInit(states[i])
-  gch.stackScans = 0
-  gch.cycleCollections = 0
-  gch.maxThreshold = 0
-  gch.maxStackSize = 0
-  gch.maxStackPages = 0
-  gch.cycleTableSize = 0
-  # init the rt
-  init(gch.zct)
-  init(gch.tempStack)
-  CellSetInit(gch.cycleRoots)
-  CellSetInit(gch.stackCells)
-  gch.mask = 0
-  new(gOutOfMem) # reserve space for the EOutOfMemory exception here!
-
 proc PossibleRoot(gch: var TGcHeap, c: PCell) {.inline.} =
   if canbeCycleRoot(c): incl(gch.cycleRoots, c)
 
@@ -535,6 +517,23 @@ proc unsureAsgnRef(dest: ppointer, src: pointer) =
     if dest^ != nil: decRef(usrToCell(dest^))
   dest^ = src
 
+proc initGC() =
+  when traceGC:
+    for i in low(TCellState)..high(TCellState): CellSetInit(states[i])
+  gch.stackScans = 0
+  gch.cycleCollections = 0
+  gch.maxThreshold = 0
+  gch.maxStackSize = 0
+  gch.maxStackPages = 0
+  gch.cycleTableSize = 0
+  # init the rt
+  init(gch.zct)
+  init(gch.tempStack)
+  CellSetInit(gch.cycleRoots)
+  CellSetInit(gch.stackCells)
+  gch.mask = 0
+  new(gOutOfMem) # reserve space for the EOutOfMemory exception here!
+
 proc getDiscriminant(aa: Pointer, n: ptr TNimNode): int =
   assert(n.kind == nkCase)
   var d: int

lib/lexbase.nim

@@ -151,8 +151,7 @@ proc open(L: var TBaseLexer, input: PStream, bufLen: int = 8192) =
   skip_UTF_8_BOM(L)
 
 proc getColNumber(L: TBaseLexer, pos: int): int =
-  result = pos - L.lineStart
+  result = abs(pos - L.lineStart)
-  assert(result >= 0)
 
 proc getCurrentLine(L: TBaseLexer, marker: bool = true): string =
   var i: int

lib/macros.nim

@@ -31,6 +31,40 @@
 #  cog.out(toEnum(key, val))
 #]]]
 type
+  TNimrodNodeKind* = enum
+    nnkNone, nnkEmpty, nnkIdent, nnkSym, 
+    nnkType, nnkCharLit, nnkIntLit, nnkInt8Lit, 
+    nnkInt16Lit, nnkInt32Lit, nnkInt64Lit, nnkFloatLit, 
+    nnkFloat32Lit, nnkFloat64Lit, nnkStrLit, nnkRStrLit, 
+    nnkTripleStrLit, nnkMetaNode, nnkNilLit, nnkDotCall, 
+    nnkCommand, nnkCall, nnkGenericCall, nnkExplicitTypeListCall, 
+    nnkExprEqExpr, nnkExprColonExpr, nnkIdentDefs, nnkVarTuple, 
+    nnkInfix, nnkPrefix, nnkPostfix, nnkPar, 
+    nnkCurly, nnkBracket, nnkBracketExpr, nnkPragmaExpr, 
+    nnkRange, nnkDotExpr, nnkCheckedFieldExpr, nnkDerefExpr, 
+    nnkIfExpr, nnkElifExpr, nnkElseExpr, nnkLambda, 
+    nnkAccQuoted, nnkHeaderQuoted, nnkTableConstr, nnkQualified, 
+    nnkHiddenStdConv, nnkHiddenSubConv, nnkHiddenCallConv, nnkConv, 
+    nnkCast, nnkAddr, nnkHiddenAddr, nnkHiddenDeref, 
+    nnkObjDownConv, nnkObjUpConv, nnkChckRangeF, nnkChckRange64, 
+    nnkChckRange, nnkStringToCString, nnkCStringToString, nnkPassAsOpenArray, 
+    nnkAsgn, nnkFastAsgn, nnkDefaultTypeParam, nnkGenericParams, 
+    nnkFormalParams, nnkOfInherit, nnkModule, nnkProcDef, 
+    nnkConverterDef, nnkMacroDef, nnkTemplateDef, nnkIteratorDef, 
+    nnkOfBranch, nnkElifBranch, nnkExceptBranch, nnkElse, 
+    nnkMacroStmt, nnkAsmStmt, nnkPragma, nnkIfStmt, 
+    nnkWhenStmt, nnkForStmt, nnkWhileStmt, nnkCaseStmt, 
+    nnkVarSection, nnkConstSection, nnkConstDef, nnkTypeSection, 
+    nnkTypeDef, nnkYieldStmt, nnkTryStmt, nnkFinally, 
+    nnkRaiseStmt, nnkReturnStmt, nnkBreakStmt, nnkContinueStmt, 
+    nnkBlockStmt, nnkDiscardStmt, nnkStmtList, nnkImportStmt, 
+    nnkFromStmt, nnkImportAs, nnkIncludeStmt, nnkAccessStmt, 
+    nnkCommentStmt, nnkStmtListExpr, nnkBlockExpr, nnkStmtListType, 
+    nnkBlockType, nnkVm, nnkTypeOfExpr, nnkObjectTy, 
+    nnkTupleTy, nnkRecList, nnkRecCase, nnkRecWhen, 
+    nnkRefTy, nnkPtrTy, nnkVarTy, nnkProcTy, 
+    nnkEnumTy, nnkEnumFieldDef, nnkReturnToken
+  TNimNodeKinds* = set[TNimrodNodeKind]
   TNimrodTypeKind* = enum
     ntyNone, ntyBool, ntyChar, ntyEmpty, 
     ntyArrayConstr, ntyNil, ntyGeneric, ntyGenericInst, 
@@ -49,40 +83,6 @@ type
     nskMacro, nskTemplate, nskField, nskEnumField, 
     nskForVar, nskModule, nskLabel, nskStub
   TNimSymKinds* = set[TNimrodSymKind]
-  TNimrodNodeKind* = enum
-    nnkNone, nnkEmpty, nnkIdent, nnkSym, 
-    nnkType, nnkCharLit, nnkIntLit, nnkInt8Lit, 
-    nnkInt16Lit, nnkInt32Lit, nnkInt64Lit, nnkFloatLit, 
-    nnkFloat32Lit, nnkFloat64Lit, nnkStrLit, nnkRStrLit, 
-    nnkTripleStrLit, nnkMetaNode, nnkNilLit, nnkDotCall, 
-    nnkCommand, nnkCall, nnkGenericCall, nnkExplicitTypeListCall, 
-    nnkExprEqExpr, nnkExprColonExpr, nnkIdentDefs, nnkInfix, 
-    nnkPrefix, nnkPostfix, nnkPar, nnkCurly, 
-    nnkBracket, nnkBracketExpr, nnkPragmaExpr, nnkRange, 
-    nnkDotExpr, nnkCheckedFieldExpr, nnkDerefExpr, nnkIfExpr, 
-    nnkElifExpr, nnkElseExpr, nnkLambda, nnkAccQuoted, 
-    nnkHeaderQuoted, nnkTableConstr, nnkQualified, nnkHiddenStdConv, 
-    nnkHiddenSubConv, nnkHiddenCallConv, nnkConv, nnkCast, 
-    nnkAddr, nnkHiddenAddr, nnkHiddenDeref, nnkObjDownConv, 
-    nnkObjUpConv, nnkChckRangeF, nnkChckRange64, nnkChckRange, 
-    nnkStringToCString, nnkCStringToString, nnkPassAsOpenArray, nnkAsgn, 
-    nnkDefaultTypeParam, nnkGenericParams, nnkFormalParams, nnkOfInherit, 
-    nnkModule, nnkProcDef, nnkConverterDef, nnkMacroDef, 
-    nnkTemplateDef, nnkIteratorDef, nnkOfBranch, nnkElifBranch, 
-    nnkExceptBranch, nnkElse, nnkMacroStmt, nnkAsmStmt, 
-    nnkPragma, nnkIfStmt, nnkWhenStmt, nnkForStmt, 
-    nnkWhileStmt, nnkCaseStmt, nnkVarSection, nnkConstSection, 
-    nnkConstDef, nnkTypeSection, nnkTypeDef, nnkYieldStmt, 
-    nnkTryStmt, nnkFinally, nnkRaiseStmt, nnkReturnStmt, 
-    nnkBreakStmt, nnkContinueStmt, nnkBlockStmt, nnkDiscardStmt, 
-    nnkStmtList, nnkImportStmt, nnkFromStmt, nnkImportAs, 
-    nnkIncludeStmt, nnkAccessStmt, nnkCommentStmt, nnkStmtListExpr, 
-    nnkBlockExpr, nnkStmtListType, nnkBlockType, nnkVm, 
-    nnkTypeOfExpr, nnkObjectTy, nnkTupleTy, nnkRecList, 
-    nnkRecCase, nnkRecWhen, nnkRefTy, nnkPtrTy, 
-    nnkVarTy, nnkProcTy, nnkEnumTy, nnkEnumFieldDef, 
-    nnkReturnToken
-  TNimNodeKinds* = set[TNimrodNodeKind]
 #[[[end]]]
 
 type

lib/nimbase.h

@@ -421,18 +421,4 @@ struct NimException {
 };
 #endif
 
-#if 0
-typedef struct TStringDesc {
-  NI len;
-  NI space;
-  NIM_CHAR data[1]; /* SEQ_DECL_SIZE]; */
-} TStringDesc;
-
-typedef struct {
-  NI len, space;
-} TGenericSeq;
-
-typedef TGenericSeq* PGenericSeq;
-#endif
-
 #endif

lib/os.nim

@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 ## retrieving environment variables, reading command line arguments,
 ## working with directories, running shell commands, etc.
 ## This module is -- like any other basic library -- platform independant.
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
 
 {.push debugger: off.}
 
@@ -863,9 +864,9 @@ var
 when defined(windows):
   # because we support Windows GUI applications, things get really
   # messy here...
-  proc GetEnvironmentStringsA*(): cstring {.
+  proc GetEnvironmentStringsA(): cstring {.
     stdcall, dynlib: "kernel32", importc.}
-  proc FreeEnvironmentStringsA*(para1: cstring): int32 {.
+  proc FreeEnvironmentStringsA(para1: cstring): int32 {.
     stdcall, dynlib: "kernel32", importc.}
 
   proc strEnd(cstr: CString, c = 0): CString {.importc: "strchr", nodecl.}
@@ -1091,8 +1092,8 @@ proc expandFilename(filename: string): string =
 
 proc parseCmdLine*(c: string): seq[string] =
   ## Splits a command line into several components; components are separated by
-  ## whitespace or are quoted with the ``"`` or ``'`` characters. This proc is
+  ## whitespace unless the whitespace occurs within ``"`` or ``'`` quotes. 
-  ## only occassionally useful, better use the `parseopt` module.
+  ## This proc is only occassionally useful, better use the `parseopt` module.
   result = @[]
   var i = 0
   while c[i] != '\0':

lib/parsecfg.nim

@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ type
   TTokKind = enum 
     tkInvalid, tkEof,        
     tkSymbol, tkEquals, tkColon, tkBracketLe, tkBracketRi, tkDashDash
-  TToken{.final.} = object   # a token
+  TToken {.final.} = object  # a token
     kind: TTokKind           # the type of the token
     literal: string          # the parsed (string) literal
   
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ proc getEscapedChar(c: var TCfgParser, tok: var TToken) =
   inc(c.bufpos)               # skip '\'
   case c.buf[c.bufpos]
   of 'n', 'N': 
-    tok.literal = tok.literal & nl
+    add(tok.literal, nl)
     Inc(c.bufpos)
   of 'r', 'R', 'c', 'C': 
     add(tok.literal, '\c')

lib/parseopt.nim

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ proc init(cmdline: string = ""): TOptParser =
   else: 
     result.cmd = ""
     for i in countup(1, ParamCount()): 
-      result.cmd = result.cmd & quoteIfSpaceExists(paramStr(i)) & ' '
+      result.cmd = result.cmd & quoteIfContainsWhite(paramStr(i)) & ' '
   result.kind = cmdEnd
   result.key = ""
   result.val = ""

lib/repr.nim

@@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ proc reprPointer(x: pointer): string {.compilerproc.} =
 
 proc reprStrAux(result: var string, s: string) =
   if cast[pointer](s) == nil:
-    add result "nil"
+    add result, "nil"
     return
   add result, reprPointer(cast[pointer](s)) & "\""
   for c in items(s):
     case c
-    of '"': add result "\\\""
+    of '"': add result, "\\\""
     of '\\': add result, "\\\\" # BUGFIX: forgotten
     of '\10': add result, "\\10\"\n\"" # " \n " # better readability
     of '\128' .. '\255', '\0'..'\9', '\11'..'\31':

lib/strutils.nim

@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@
 ## All the routines here are avaiable for the EMCAScript target
 ## too!
 
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 {.push debugger:off .} # the user does not want to trace a part
                        # of the standard library!
 
@@ -41,19 +43,19 @@ proc strip*(s: string): string {.noSideEffect.}
 
 proc toLower*(s: string): string {.noSideEffect.}
   ## Converts `s` into lower case. This works only for the letters A-Z.
-  ## See `charsets.nativeToLower` for a version that is locale-dependant.
+  ## See `unicode.toLower` for a version that works for any Unicode character.
 
 proc toLower*(c: Char): Char {.noSideEffect.}
   ## Converts `c` into lower case. This works only for the letters A-Z.
-  ## See `charsets.nativeToLower()` for a version that is locale-dependant.
+  ## See `unicode.toLower` for a version that works for any Unicode character.
 
 proc toUpper*(s: string): string {.noSideEffect.}
   ## Converts `s` into upper case. This works only for the letters a-z.
-  ## See `charsets.nativeToUpper()` for a version that is locale-dependant.
+  ## See `unicode.toUpper` for a version that works for any Unicode character.
 
 proc toUpper*(c: Char): Char {.noSideEffect.}
   ## Converts `c` into upper case. This works only for the letters a-z.
-  ## See `charsets.nativeToUpper()` for a version that is locale-dependant.
+  ## See `unicode.toUpper` for a version that works for any Unicode character.
 
 proc capitalize*(s: string): string {.noSideEffect.}
   ## Converts the first character of `s` into upper case.
@@ -71,6 +73,10 @@ proc findSubStr*(sub: char, s: string, start: int = 0): int {.noSideEffect.}
   ## Searches for `sub` in `s` starting at position `start`. Searching is
   ## case-sensitive. If `sub` is not in `s`, -1 is returned.
 
+proc findChars*(chars: set[char], s: string, start: int = 0): int {.noSideEffect.}
+  ## Searches for `chars` in `s` starting at position `start`. If `s` contains
+  ## none of the characters in `chars`, -1 is returned.
+
 proc replaceStr*(s, sub, by: string): string {.noSideEffect.}
   ## Replaces `sub` in `s` by the string `by`.
 
@@ -173,11 +179,14 @@ proc cmpIgnoreStyle*(a, b: string): int {.noSideEffect.}
   ## | < 0 iff a < b
   ## | > 0 iff a > b
 
-proc in_Operator*(s: string, c: char): bool {.noSideEffect.}
+proc contains*(s: string, c: char): bool {.noSideEffect.}
-  ## Same as `findSubStr(c, s) >= 0`.
+  ## Same as ``findSubStr(c, s) >= 0``.
 
-proc in_Operator*(s, sub: string): bool {.noSideEffect.}
+proc contains*(s, sub: string): bool {.noSideEffect.}
-  ## Same as `findSubStr(sub, s) >= 0`.
+  ## Same as ``findSubStr(sub, s) >= 0``.
+
+proc contains*(s: string, chars: set[char]): bool {.noSideEffect.}
+  ## Same as ``findChars(s, chars) >= 0``.
 
 proc toHex*(x: BiggestInt, len: int): string {.noSideEffect.}
   ## Converts `x` to its hexadecimal representation. The resulting string
@@ -259,10 +268,10 @@ proc allCharsInSet*(s: string, theSet: TCharSet): bool =
     if not (c in theSet): return false
   return true
 
-proc quoteIfSpaceExists*(s: string): string =
+proc quoteIfContainsWhite*(s: string): string =
   ## returns ``'"' & s & '"'`` if `s` contains a space and does not
   ## start with a quote, else returns `s`
-  if findSubStr(' ', s) >= 0 and s[0] != '"':
+  if findChars({' ', '\t'}, s) >= 0 and s[0] != '"':
     result = '"' & s & '"'
   else:
     result = s
@@ -489,10 +498,18 @@ proc findSubStr(sub: char, s: string, start: int = 0): int =
     if sub == s[i]: return i
   return -1
  
-proc in_Operator(s: string, c: char): bool =
+proc findChars(chars: set[char], s: string, start: int = 0): int =
+  for i in start..s.len-1:
+    if s[i] in chars: return i
+  return -1
+  
+proc contains(s: string, chars: set[char]): bool =
+  return findChars(chars, s) >= 0
+
+proc contains(s: string, c: char): bool =
   return findSubStr(c, s) >= 0
 
-proc in_Operator(s, sub: string): bool =
+proc contains(s, sub: string): bool =
   return findSubStr(sub, s) >= 0
 
 proc replaceStr(s, sub, by: string): string =

lib/sysio.nim

@@ -91,10 +91,13 @@ proc writeln[Ty](f: TFile, x: Ty) =
   write(f, "\n")
 
 proc writeln[Ty](f: TFile, x: openArray[Ty]) =
-  write(f, x)
+  for i in items(x): write(f, i)
   write(f, "\n")
 
 proc echo[Ty](x: Ty) = writeln(stdout, x)
+proc echo[Ty](x: openArray[Ty]) = 
+  for i in items(x): write(stdout, i)
+  write(stdout, "\n")
 
 # interface to the C procs:
 proc fopen(filename, mode: CString): pointer {.importc: "fopen", noDecl.}

lib/sysstr.nim

@@ -15,13 +15,6 @@
 # we don't use refcounts because that's a behaviour
 # the programmer may not want
 
-type
-  # len and space without counting the terminating zero:
-  NimStringDesc {.compilerproc, final.} = object of TGenericSeq
-    data: array[0..100_000_000, char] # for the '\0' character
-
-  NimString = ptr NimStringDesc
-
 # implementation:
 
 proc resize(old: int): int {.inline.} =

lib/system.nim

@@ -58,6 +58,17 @@ proc defined*[T] (x: T): bool {.magic: "Defined", noSideEffect.}
 proc `not` *(x: bool): bool {.magic: "Not", noSideEffect.}
   ## Boolean not; returns true iff ``x == false``.
 
+proc `and`*(x, y: bool): bool {.magic: "And", noSideEffect.}
+  ## Boolean ``and``; returns true iff ``x == y == true``.
+  ## Evaluation is short-circuited: This means that if ``x`` is false,
+  ## ``y`` will not even be evaluated.
+proc `or`*(x, y: bool): bool {.magic: "Or", noSideEffect.}
+  ## Boolean ``or``; returns true iff ``not (not x and not y)``.
+  ## Evaluation is short-circuited: This means that if ``x`` is true,
+  ## ``y`` will not even be evaluated.
+proc `xor`*(x, y: bool): bool {.magic: "Xor", noSideEffect.}
+  ## Boolean `exclusive or`; returns true iff ``x != y``.
+
 proc new*[T](a: var ref T) {.magic: "New".}
   ## creates a new object of type ``T`` and returns a safe (traced)
   ## reference to it in ``a``.
@@ -94,6 +105,19 @@ type
   seq*{.magic: "Seq".}[T]  ## Generic type to construct sequences.
   set*{.magic: "Set".}[T]  ## Generic type to construct bit sets.
 
+when not defined(EcmaScript) and not defined(NimrodVM):
+  type
+    TGenericSeq {.compilerproc, pure.} = object
+      len, space: int
+    PGenericSeq {.exportc.} = ptr TGenericSeq
+    # len and space without counting the terminating zero:
+    NimStringDesc {.compilerproc, final.} = object of TGenericSeq
+      data: array[0..100_000_000, char]
+    NimString = ptr NimStringDesc
+
+  include hti
+
+type
   Byte* = Int8 ## this is an alias for ``int8``, that is a signed
                ## int 8 bits wide.
 
@@ -403,8 +427,8 @@ proc abs*(x: int8): int8 {.magic: "AbsI", noSideEffect.}
 proc abs*(x: int16): int16 {.magic: "AbsI", noSideEffect.}
 proc abs*(x: int32): int32 {.magic: "AbsI", noSideEffect.}
 proc abs*(x: int64): int64 {.magic: "AbsI64", noSideEffect.}
-  ## returns the absolute value of `x`. If `x` is ``low(x)`` (that is
+  ## returns the absolute value of `x`. If `x` is ``low(x)`` (that 
-  ## -MININT for its type), an overflow exception is thrown (if overflow
+  ## is -MININT for its type), an overflow exception is thrown (if overflow
   ## checking is turned on).
 
 proc min*(x, y: int): int {.magic: "MinI", noSideEffect.}
@@ -500,18 +524,6 @@ proc abs*(x: float): float {.magic: "AbsF64", noSideEffect.}
 proc min*(x, y: float): float {.magic: "MinF64", noSideEffect.}
 proc max*(x, y: float): float {.magic: "MaxF64", noSideEffect.}
 
-# boolean operators:
-proc `and`*(x, y: bool): bool {.magic: "And", noSideEffect.}
-  ## Boolean ``and``; returns true iff ``x == y == true``.
-  ## Evaluation is short-circuited: This means that if ``x`` is false,
-  ## ``y`` will not even be evaluated.
-proc `or`*(x, y: bool): bool {.magic: "Or", noSideEffect.}
-  ## Boolean ``or``; returns true iff ``not (not x and not y)``.
-  ## Evaluation is short-circuited: This means that if ``x`` is true,
-  ## ``y`` will not even be evaluated.
-proc `xor`*(x, y: bool): bool {.magic: "Xor", noSideEffect.}
-  ## Boolean `exclusive or`; returns true iff ``x != y``.
-
 # set operators
 proc `*` *[T](x, y: set[T]): set[T] {.magic: "MulSet", noSideEffect.}
   ## This operator computes the intersection of two sets.
@@ -563,11 +575,12 @@ template `>` * (x, y: expr): expr =
   ## "is greater" operator. This is the same as ``y < x``.
   y < x
 
-proc in_Operator*[T](x: set[T], y: T): bool {.magic: "InSet", noSideEffect.}
+proc contains*[T](x: set[T], y: T): bool {.magic: "InSet", noSideEffect.}
   ## One should overload this proc if one wants to overload the ``in`` operator.
-  ## The parameters are in reverse order! This is because the unification
+  ## The parameters are in reverse order! ``a in b`` is a template for
-  ## algorithm that Nimrod uses for overload resolution works from left to
+  ## ``contains(b, a)``.
-  ## right.
+  ## This is because the unification algorithm that Nimrod uses for overload
+  ## resolution works from left to right.
   ## But for the ``in`` operator that would be the wrong direction for this
   ## piece of code:
   ##
@@ -578,11 +591,11 @@ proc in_Operator*[T](x: set[T], y: T): bool {.magic: "InSet", noSideEffect.}
   ## If ``in`` had been declared as ``[T](elem: T, s: set[T])`` then ``T`` would
   ## have been bound to ``char``. But ``s`` is not compatible to type
   ## ``set[char]``! The solution is to bind ``T`` to ``range['a'..'z']``. This
-  ## is achieved by reversing the parameters for ``in_operator``; ``in`` then
+  ## is achieved by reversing the parameters for ``contains``; ``in`` then
   ## passes its arguments in reverse order.
 
-template `in` * (x, y: expr): expr = in_Operator(y, x)
+template `in` * (x, y: expr): expr = contains(y, x)
-template `not_in` * (x, y: expr): expr = not in_Operator(y, x)
+template `not_in` * (x, y: expr): expr = not contains(y, x)
 
 proc `is` *[T, S](x: T, y: S): bool {.magic: "Is", noSideEffect.}
 template `is_not` *(x, y: expr): expr = not (x is y)
@@ -616,15 +629,17 @@ proc `&` * (x: char, y: string): string {.
   magic: "ConStrStr", noSideEffect, merge.}
   ## is the `concatenation operator`. It concatenates `x` and `y`.
 
-proc add * (x: var string, y: char) {.magic: "AppendStrCh".}
+proc add*(x: var string, y: char) {.magic: "AppendStrCh".}
-proc add * (x: var string, y: string) {.magic: "AppendStrStr".}
+proc add*(x: var string, y: string) {.magic: "AppendStrStr".}
 
 when not defined(ECMAScript):
+  {.push overflow_checks:off}
   proc add* (x: var string, y: cstring) =
     var i = 0
     while y[i] != '\0':
       add(x, y[i])
       inc(i)
+  {.pop.}
 else:
   proc add* (x: var string, y: cstring) {.pure.} =
     asm """
@@ -646,7 +661,7 @@ proc add *[T](x: var seq[T], y: seq[T]) {.magic: "AppendSeqSeq".}
 
 proc repr*[T](x: T): string {.magic: "Repr", noSideEffect.}
   ## takes any Nimrod variable and returns its string representation. It
-  ## works even for complex data graphs with cycles. This is an invaluable
+  ## works even for complex data graphs with cycles. This is a great
   ## debugging tool.
 
 type
@@ -730,6 +745,15 @@ const
     ## is the endianness of the target CPU. This is a valuable piece of
     ## information for low-level code only. This works thanks to compiler magic.
     
+  hostOS* {.magic: "HostOS"}: string = ""
+    ## a string that describes the host operating system. Possible values:
+    ## "windows", "macosx", "linux", "netbsd", "freebsd", "openbsd", "solaris",
+    ## "aix"
+        
+  hostCPU* {.magic: "HostCPU"}: string = ""
+    ## a string that describes the host CPU. Possible values:
+    ## "i386", "alpha", "powerpc", "sparc", "amd64", "mips", "arm"
+  
 proc toFloat*(i: int): float {.
   magic: "ToFloat", noSideEffect, importc: "toFloat".}
   ## converts an integer `i` into a ``float``. If the conversion
@@ -896,6 +920,12 @@ proc `$` *(x: string): string {.magic: "StrToStr", noSideEffect.}
   ## as it is. This operator is useful for generic code, so
   ## that ``$expr`` also works if ``expr`` is already a string.
 
+proc `$` *(x: TAnyEnum): string {.magic: "EnumToStr", noSideEffect.}
+  ## The stingify operator for an enumeration argument. This works for
+  ## any enumeration type thanks to compiler magic. If a
+  ## a ``$`` operator for a concrete enumeration is provided, this is
+  ## used instead. (In other words: *Overwriting* is possible.)
+
 # undocumented:
 proc getRefcount*[T](x: ref T): int {.importc: "getRefcount".}
   ## retrieves the reference count of an heap-allocated object. The
@@ -1136,6 +1166,10 @@ proc echo*[Ty](x: Ty) {.inline.}
   ## equivalent to ``writeln(stdout, x); flush(stdout)``. BUT: This is
   ## available for the ECMAScript target too!
 
+proc echo*[Ty](x: openarray[Ty]) {.inline.}
+  ## equivalent to ``writeln(stdout, x); flush(stdout)``. BUT: This is
+  ## available for the ECMAScript target too!
+
 
 template newException(exceptn, message: expr): expr =
   block: # open a new scope
@@ -1169,8 +1203,6 @@ when not defined(EcmaScript) and not defined(NimrodVM):
 
 when not defined(EcmaScript) and not defined(NimrodVM):
 
-  include hti
-
   proc initGC()
 
   var
@@ -1370,13 +1402,6 @@ when not defined(EcmaScript) and not defined(NimrodVM):
   include arithm
   {.pop.} # stack trace
 
-  # sequence type declarations here because the GC needs them too:
-  type
-    TGenericSeq {.compilerproc, pure.} = object
-      len, space: int
-
-    PGenericSeq {.exportc.} = ptr TGenericSeq
-
   const
     GenericSeqSize = (2 * sizeof(int))
 
@@ -1417,13 +1442,12 @@ elif defined(NimrodVM):
   proc getFreeMem(): int = return -1
   proc getTotalMem(): int = return -1
   proc echo[Ty](x: Ty) = nil
+  proc echo[Ty](x: openarray[Ty]) = nil
   
   proc cmp(x, y: string): int =
     if x == y: return 0
     if x < y: return -1
     return 1
 
-include macros
-
 {.pop.} # checks
 {.pop.} # hints

lib/times.nim

@@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ else:
 
 proc getDateStr(): string =
   var ti = getLocalTime(getTime())
-  result = $ti.year & "-" & intToStr(ord(ti.month)+1, 2) &
+  result = $ti.year & '-' & intToStr(ord(ti.month)+1, 2) &
-    "-" & intToStr(ti.monthDay, 2)
+    '-' & intToStr(ti.monthDay, 2)
 
 proc getClockStr(): string =
   var ti = getLocalTime(getTime())

lib/windows/windows.nim

@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@
 ## Define ``winUnicode`` before importing this module for the
 ## unicode version.
 
+{.deadCodeElim: on.}
+
 type
   ATOM* = int16
   TAtom* = ATOM

makefile

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ all:
 
 .PHONY : install
 install:
-	sh install.sh /usr/bin
+	sh build.sh
 
 .PHONY : clean
 clean:

nim/ast.pas

@@ -66,12 +66,93 @@ for key, val in enums.items():
   cog.out(b)
 ]]]*)
 type
-  TTypeFlag = (
+  TNodeKind = (
-    tfVarargs, tfFinal, tfAcyclic, tfEnumHasWholes);
+    nkNone, nkEmpty, nkIdent, nkSym, 
-  TTypeFlags = set of TTypeFlag;
+    nkType, nkCharLit, nkIntLit, nkInt8Lit, 
+    nkInt16Lit, nkInt32Lit, nkInt64Lit, nkFloatLit, 
+    nkFloat32Lit, nkFloat64Lit, nkStrLit, nkRStrLit, 
+    nkTripleStrLit, nkMetaNode, nkNilLit, nkDotCall, 
+    nkCommand, nkCall, nkGenericCall, nkExplicitTypeListCall, 
+    nkExprEqExpr, nkExprColonExpr, nkIdentDefs, nkVarTuple, 
+    nkInfix, nkPrefix, nkPostfix, nkPar, 
+    nkCurly, nkBracket, nkBracketExpr, nkPragmaExpr, 
+    nkRange, nkDotExpr, nkCheckedFieldExpr, nkDerefExpr, 
+    nkIfExpr, nkElifExpr, nkElseExpr, nkLambda, 
+    nkAccQuoted, nkHeaderQuoted, nkTableConstr, nkQualified, 
+    nkHiddenStdConv, nkHiddenSubConv, nkHiddenCallConv, nkConv, 
+    nkCast, nkAddr, nkHiddenAddr, nkHiddenDeref, 
+    nkObjDownConv, nkObjUpConv, nkChckRangeF, nkChckRange64, 
+    nkChckRange, nkStringToCString, nkCStringToString, nkPassAsOpenArray, 
+    nkAsgn, nkFastAsgn, nkDefaultTypeParam, nkGenericParams, 
+    nkFormalParams, nkOfInherit, nkModule, nkProcDef, 
+    nkConverterDef, nkMacroDef, nkTemplateDef, nkIteratorDef, 
+    nkOfBranch, nkElifBranch, nkExceptBranch, nkElse, 
+    nkMacroStmt, nkAsmStmt, nkPragma, nkIfStmt, 
+    nkWhenStmt, nkForStmt, nkWhileStmt, nkCaseStmt, 
+    nkVarSection, nkConstSection, nkConstDef, nkTypeSection, 
+    nkTypeDef, nkYieldStmt, nkTryStmt, nkFinally, 
+    nkRaiseStmt, nkReturnStmt, nkBreakStmt, nkContinueStmt, 
+    nkBlockStmt, nkDiscardStmt, nkStmtList, nkImportStmt, 
+    nkFromStmt, nkImportAs, nkIncludeStmt, nkAccessStmt, 
+    nkCommentStmt, nkStmtListExpr, nkBlockExpr, nkStmtListType, 
+    nkBlockType, nkVm, nkTypeOfExpr, nkObjectTy, 
+    nkTupleTy, nkRecList, nkRecCase, nkRecWhen, 
+    nkRefTy, nkPtrTy, nkVarTy, nkProcTy, 
+    nkEnumTy, nkEnumFieldDef, nkReturnToken);
+  TNodeKinds = set of TNodeKind;
 const
-  TypeFlagToStr: array [TTypeFlag] of string = (
+  NodeKindToStr: array [TNodeKind] of string = (
-    'tfVarargs', 'tfFinal', 'tfAcyclic', 'tfEnumHasWholes');
+    'nkNone', 'nkEmpty', 'nkIdent', 'nkSym', 
+    'nkType', 'nkCharLit', 'nkIntLit', 'nkInt8Lit', 
+    'nkInt16Lit', 'nkInt32Lit', 'nkInt64Lit', 'nkFloatLit', 
+    'nkFloat32Lit', 'nkFloat64Lit', 'nkStrLit', 'nkRStrLit', 
+    'nkTripleStrLit', 'nkMetaNode', 'nkNilLit', 'nkDotCall', 
+    'nkCommand', 'nkCall', 'nkGenericCall', 'nkExplicitTypeListCall', 
+    'nkExprEqExpr', 'nkExprColonExpr', 'nkIdentDefs', 'nkVarTuple', 
+    'nkInfix', 'nkPrefix', 'nkPostfix', 'nkPar', 
+    'nkCurly', 'nkBracket', 'nkBracketExpr', 'nkPragmaExpr', 
+    'nkRange', 'nkDotExpr', 'nkCheckedFieldExpr', 'nkDerefExpr', 
+    'nkIfExpr', 'nkElifExpr', 'nkElseExpr', 'nkLambda', 
+    'nkAccQuoted', 'nkHeaderQuoted', 'nkTableConstr', 'nkQualified', 
+    'nkHiddenStdConv', 'nkHiddenSubConv', 'nkHiddenCallConv', 'nkConv', 
+    'nkCast', 'nkAddr', 'nkHiddenAddr', 'nkHiddenDeref', 
+    'nkObjDownConv', 'nkObjUpConv', 'nkChckRangeF', 'nkChckRange64', 
+    'nkChckRange', 'nkStringToCString', 'nkCStringToString', 'nkPassAsOpenArray', 
+    'nkAsgn', 'nkFastAsgn', 'nkDefaultTypeParam', 'nkGenericParams', 
+    'nkFormalParams', 'nkOfInherit', 'nkModule', 'nkProcDef', 
+    'nkConverterDef', 'nkMacroDef', 'nkTemplateDef', 'nkIteratorDef', 
+    'nkOfBranch', 'nkElifBranch', 'nkExceptBranch', 'nkElse', 
+    'nkMacroStmt', 'nkAsmStmt', 'nkPragma', 'nkIfStmt', 
+    'nkWhenStmt', 'nkForStmt', 'nkWhileStmt', 'nkCaseStmt', 
+    'nkVarSection', 'nkConstSection', 'nkConstDef', 'nkTypeSection', 
+    'nkTypeDef', 'nkYieldStmt', 'nkTryStmt', 'nkFinally', 
+    'nkRaiseStmt', 'nkReturnStmt', 'nkBreakStmt', 'nkContinueStmt', 
+    'nkBlockStmt', 'nkDiscardStmt', 'nkStmtList', 'nkImportStmt', 
+    'nkFromStmt', 'nkImportAs', 'nkIncludeStmt', 'nkAccessStmt', 
+    'nkCommentStmt', 'nkStmtListExpr', 'nkBlockExpr', 'nkStmtListType', 
+    'nkBlockType', 'nkVm', 'nkTypeOfExpr', 'nkObjectTy', 
+    'nkTupleTy', 'nkRecList', 'nkRecCase', 'nkRecWhen', 
+    'nkRefTy', 'nkPtrTy', 'nkVarTy', 'nkProcTy', 
+    'nkEnumTy', 'nkEnumFieldDef', 'nkReturnToken');
+type
+  TSymFlag = (
+    sfUsed, sfStar, sfMinus, sfInInterface, 
+    sfFromGeneric, sfGlobal, sfForward, sfImportc, 
+    sfExportc, sfVolatile, sfRegister, sfPure, 
+    sfResult, sfNoSideEffect, sfMainModule, sfSystemModule, 
+    sfNoReturn, sfAddrTaken, sfCompilerProc, sfCppMethod, 
+    sfDiscriminant, sfDeprecated, sfInClosure, sfTypeCheck, 
+    sfCompileTime, sfThreadVar, sfMerge, sfDeadCodeElim);
+  TSymFlags = set of TSymFlag;
+const
+  SymFlagToStr: array [TSymFlag] of string = (
+    'sfUsed', 'sfStar', 'sfMinus', 'sfInInterface', 
+    'sfFromGeneric', 'sfGlobal', 'sfForward', 'sfImportc', 
+    'sfExportc', 'sfVolatile', 'sfRegister', 'sfPure', 
+    'sfResult', 'sfNoSideEffect', 'sfMainModule', 'sfSystemModule', 
+    'sfNoReturn', 'sfAddrTaken', 'sfCompilerProc', 'sfCppMethod', 
+    'sfDiscriminant', 'sfDeprecated', 'sfInClosure', 'sfTypeCheck', 
+    'sfCompileTime', 'sfThreadVar', 'sfMerge', 'sfDeadCodeElim');
 type
   TTypeKind = (
     tyNone, tyBool, tyChar, tyEmpty, 
@@ -95,25 +176,6 @@ const
     'tyCString', 'tyForward', 'tyInt', 'tyInt8', 
     'tyInt16', 'tyInt32', 'tyInt64', 'tyFloat', 
     'tyFloat32', 'tyFloat64', 'tyFloat128');
-type
-  TSymFlag = (
-    sfUsed, sfStar, sfMinus, sfInInterface, 
-    sfFromGeneric, sfGlobal, sfForward, sfImportc, 
-    sfExportc, sfVolatile, sfRegister, sfPure, 
-    sfResult, sfNoSideEffect, sfMainModule, sfSystemModule, 
-    sfNoReturn, sfAddrTaken, sfCompilerProc, sfCppMethod, 
-    sfDiscriminant, sfDeprecated, sfInClosure, sfTypeCheck, 
-    sfCompileTime, sfThreadVar, sfMerge);
-  TSymFlags = set of TSymFlag;
-const
-  SymFlagToStr: array [TSymFlag] of string = (
-    'sfUsed', 'sfStar', 'sfMinus', 'sfInInterface', 
-    'sfFromGeneric', 'sfGlobal', 'sfForward', 'sfImportc', 
-    'sfExportc', 'sfVolatile', 'sfRegister', 'sfPure', 
-    'sfResult', 'sfNoSideEffect', 'sfMainModule', 'sfSystemModule', 
-    'sfNoReturn', 'sfAddrTaken', 'sfCompilerProc', 'sfCppMethod', 
-    'sfDiscriminant', 'sfDeprecated', 'sfInClosure', 'sfTypeCheck', 
-    'sfCompileTime', 'sfThreadVar', 'sfMerge');
 type
   TNodeFlag = (
     nfNone, nfBase2, nfBase8, nfBase16, 
@@ -123,6 +185,13 @@ const
   NodeFlagToStr: array [TNodeFlag] of string = (
     'nfNone', 'nfBase2', 'nfBase8', 'nfBase16', 
     'nfAllConst', 'nfTransf', 'nfSem');
+type
+  TTypeFlag = (
+    tfVarargs, tfFinal, tfAcyclic, tfEnumHasWholes);
+  TTypeFlags = set of TTypeFlag;
+const
+  TypeFlagToStr: array [TTypeFlag] of string = (
+    'tfVarargs', 'tfFinal', 'tfAcyclic', 'tfEnumHasWholes');
 type
   TSymKind = (
     skUnknownSym, skConditional, skDynLib, skParam, 
@@ -138,75 +207,6 @@ const
     'skVar', 'skProc', 'skIterator', 'skConverter', 
     'skMacro', 'skTemplate', 'skField', 'skEnumField', 
     'skForVar', 'skModule', 'skLabel', 'skStub');
-type
-  TNodeKind = (
-    nkNone, nkEmpty, nkIdent, nkSym, 
-    nkType, nkCharLit, nkIntLit, nkInt8Lit, 
-    nkInt16Lit, nkInt32Lit, nkInt64Lit, nkFloatLit, 
-    nkFloat32Lit, nkFloat64Lit, nkStrLit, nkRStrLit, 
-    nkTripleStrLit, nkMetaNode, nkNilLit, nkDotCall, 
-    nkCommand, nkCall, nkGenericCall, nkExplicitTypeListCall, 
-    nkExprEqExpr, nkExprColonExpr, nkIdentDefs, nkInfix, 
-    nkPrefix, nkPostfix, nkPar, nkCurly, 
-    nkBracket, nkBracketExpr, nkPragmaExpr, nkRange, 
-    nkDotExpr, nkCheckedFieldExpr, nkDerefExpr, nkIfExpr, 
-    nkElifExpr, nkElseExpr, nkLambda, nkAccQuoted, 
-    nkHeaderQuoted, nkTableConstr, nkQualified, nkHiddenStdConv, 
-    nkHiddenSubConv, nkHiddenCallConv, nkConv, nkCast, 
-    nkAddr, nkHiddenAddr, nkHiddenDeref, nkObjDownConv, 
-    nkObjUpConv, nkChckRangeF, nkChckRange64, nkChckRange, 
-    nkStringToCString, nkCStringToString, nkPassAsOpenArray, nkAsgn, 
-    nkDefaultTypeParam, nkGenericParams, nkFormalParams, nkOfInherit, 
-    nkModule, nkProcDef, nkConverterDef, nkMacroDef, 
-    nkTemplateDef, nkIteratorDef, nkOfBranch, nkElifBranch, 
-    nkExceptBranch, nkElse, nkMacroStmt, nkAsmStmt, 
-    nkPragma, nkIfStmt, nkWhenStmt, nkForStmt, 
-    nkWhileStmt, nkCaseStmt, nkVarSection, nkConstSection, 
-    nkConstDef, nkTypeSection, nkTypeDef, nkYieldStmt, 
-    nkTryStmt, nkFinally, nkRaiseStmt, nkReturnStmt, 
-    nkBreakStmt, nkContinueStmt, nkBlockStmt, nkDiscardStmt, 
-    nkStmtList, nkImportStmt, nkFromStmt, nkImportAs, 
-    nkIncludeStmt, nkAccessStmt, nkCommentStmt, nkStmtListExpr, 
-    nkBlockExpr, nkStmtListType, nkBlockType, nkVm, 
-    nkTypeOfExpr, nkObjectTy, nkTupleTy, nkRecList, 
-    nkRecCase, nkRecWhen, nkRefTy, nkPtrTy, 
-    nkVarTy, nkProcTy, nkEnumTy, nkEnumFieldDef, 
-    nkReturnToken);
-  TNodeKinds = set of TNodeKind;
-const
-  NodeKindToStr: array [TNodeKind] of string = (
-    'nkNone', 'nkEmpty', 'nkIdent', 'nkSym', 
-    'nkType', 'nkCharLit', 'nkIntLit', 'nkInt8Lit', 
-    'nkInt16Lit', 'nkInt32Lit', 'nkInt64Lit', 'nkFloatLit', 
-    'nkFloat32Lit', 'nkFloat64Lit', 'nkStrLit', 'nkRStrLit', 
-    'nkTripleStrLit', 'nkMetaNode', 'nkNilLit', 'nkDotCall', 
-    'nkCommand', 'nkCall', 'nkGenericCall', 'nkExplicitTypeListCall', 
-    'nkExprEqExpr', 'nkExprColonExpr', 'nkIdentDefs', 'nkInfix', 
-    'nkPrefix', 'nkPostfix', 'nkPar', 'nkCurly', 
-    'nkBracket', 'nkBracketExpr', 'nkPragmaExpr', 'nkRange', 
-    'nkDotExpr', 'nkCheckedFieldExpr', 'nkDerefExpr', 'nkIfExpr', 
-    'nkElifExpr', 'nkElseExpr', 'nkLambda', 'nkAccQuoted', 
-    'nkHeaderQuoted', 'nkTableConstr', 'nkQualified', 'nkHiddenStdConv', 
-    'nkHiddenSubConv', 'nkHiddenCallConv', 'nkConv', 'nkCast', 
-    'nkAddr', 'nkHiddenAddr', 'nkHiddenDeref', 'nkObjDownConv', 
-    'nkObjUpConv', 'nkChckRangeF', 'nkChckRange64', 'nkChckRange', 
-    'nkStringToCString', 'nkCStringToString', 'nkPassAsOpenArray', 'nkAsgn', 
-    'nkDefaultTypeParam', 'nkGenericParams', 'nkFormalParams', 'nkOfInherit', 
-    'nkModule', 'nkProcDef', 'nkConverterDef', 'nkMacroDef', 
-    'nkTemplateDef', 'nkIteratorDef', 'nkOfBranch', 'nkElifBranch', 
-    'nkExceptBranch', 'nkElse', 'nkMacroStmt', 'nkAsmStmt', 
-    'nkPragma', 'nkIfStmt', 'nkWhenStmt', 'nkForStmt', 
-    'nkWhileStmt', 'nkCaseStmt', 'nkVarSection', 'nkConstSection', 
-    'nkConstDef', 'nkTypeSection', 'nkTypeDef', 'nkYieldStmt', 
-    'nkTryStmt', 'nkFinally', 'nkRaiseStmt', 'nkReturnStmt', 
-    'nkBreakStmt', 'nkContinueStmt', 'nkBlockStmt', 'nkDiscardStmt', 
-    'nkStmtList', 'nkImportStmt', 'nkFromStmt', 'nkImportAs', 
-    'nkIncludeStmt', 'nkAccessStmt', 'nkCommentStmt', 'nkStmtListExpr', 
-    'nkBlockExpr', 'nkStmtListType', 'nkBlockType', 'nkVm', 
-    'nkTypeOfExpr', 'nkObjectTy', 'nkTupleTy', 'nkRecList', 
-    'nkRecCase', 'nkRecWhen', 'nkRefTy', 'nkPtrTy', 
-    'nkVarTy', 'nkProcTy', 'nkEnumTy', 'nkEnumFieldDef', 
-    'nkReturnToken');
 {[[[end]]]}
 
 type
@@ -240,22 +240,23 @@ type
     mZe16ToI, mZe16ToI64, mZe32ToI64, mZeIToI64, mToU8, mToU16, 
     mToU32, mToFloat, mToBiggestFloat, mToInt, mToBiggestInt, mCharToStr, 
     mBoolToStr, mIntToStr, mInt64ToStr, mFloatToStr, mCStrToStr, mStrToStr, 
-    mAnd, mOr, mEqStr, mLeStr, mLtStr, mEqSet, 
+    mEnumToStr, mAnd, mOr, mEqStr, mLeStr, mLtStr, 
-    mLeSet, mLtSet, mMulSet, mPlusSet, mMinusSet, mSymDiffSet, 
+    mEqSet, mLeSet, mLtSet, mMulSet, mPlusSet, mMinusSet, 
-    mConStrStr, mConArrArr, mConArrT, mConTArr, mConTT, mSlice, 
+    mSymDiffSet, mConStrStr, mConArrArr, mConArrT, mConTArr, mConTT, 
-    mAppendStrCh, mAppendStrStr, mAppendSeqElem, mAppendSeqSeq, mInRange, mInSet, 
+    mSlice, mAppendStrCh, mAppendStrStr, mAppendSeqElem, mAppendSeqSeq, mInRange, 
-    mAsgn, mRepr, mExit, mSetLengthStr, mSetLengthSeq, mAssert, 
+    mInSet, mAsgn, mRepr, mExit, mSetLengthStr, mSetLengthSeq, 
-    mSwap, mIsNil, mArrToSeq, mArray, mOpenArray, mRange, 
+    mAssert, mSwap, mIsNil, mArrToSeq, mArray, mOpenArray, 
-    mSet, mSeq, mInt, mInt8, mInt16, mInt32, 
+    mRange, mSet, mSeq, mInt, mInt8, mInt16, 
-    mInt64, mFloat, mFloat32, mFloat64, mBool, mChar, 
+    mInt32, mInt64, mFloat, mFloat32, mFloat64, mBool, 
-    mString, mCstring, mPointer, mAnyEnum, mEmptySet, mIntSetBaseType, 
+    mChar, mString, mCstring, mPointer, mAnyEnum, mEmptySet, 
-    mNil, mIsMainModule, mCompileDate, mCompileTime, mNimrodVersion, mNimrodMajor, 
+    mIntSetBaseType, mNil, mIsMainModule, mCompileDate, mCompileTime, mNimrodVersion, 
-    mNimrodMinor, mNimrodPatch, mCpuEndian, mNaN, mInf, mNegInf, 
+    mNimrodMajor, mNimrodMinor, mNimrodPatch, mCpuEndian, mHostOS, mHostCPU, 
-    mNLen, mNChild, mNSetChild, mNAdd, mNAddMultiple, mNDel, 
+    mNaN, mInf, mNegInf, mNLen, mNChild, mNSetChild, 
-    mNKind, mNIntVal, mNFloatVal, mNSymbol, mNIdent, mNGetType, 
+    mNAdd, mNAddMultiple, mNDel, mNKind, mNIntVal, mNFloatVal, 
-    mNStrVal, mNSetIntVal, mNSetFloatVal, mNSetSymbol, mNSetIdent, mNSetType, 
+    mNSymbol, mNIdent, mNGetType, mNStrVal, mNSetIntVal, mNSetFloatVal, 
-    mNSetStrVal, mNNewNimNode, mNCopyNimNode, mNCopyNimTree, mStrToIdent, mIdentToStr, 
+    mNSetSymbol, mNSetIdent, mNSetType, mNSetStrVal, mNNewNimNode, mNCopyNimNode, 
-    mEqIdent, mNHint, mNWarning, mNError
+    mNCopyNimTree, mStrToIdent, mIdentToStr, mEqIdent, mNHint, mNWarning, 
+    mNError
     //[[[end]]]
   );
 
@@ -322,7 +323,6 @@ type
     locProc,       // location is a proc (an address of a procedure)
     locData,       // location is a constant
     locCall,       // location is a call expression
-    locImmediate,  // location is an immediate value
     locOther       // location is something other
   );
 
@@ -498,22 +498,23 @@ const // "MagicToStr" array:
     'Ze16ToI', 'Ze16ToI64', 'Ze32ToI64', 'ZeIToI64', 'ToU8', 'ToU16', 
     'ToU32', 'ToFloat', 'ToBiggestFloat', 'ToInt', 'ToBiggestInt', 'CharToStr', 
     'BoolToStr', 'IntToStr', 'Int64ToStr', 'FloatToStr', 'CStrToStr', 'StrToStr', 
-    'And', 'Or', 'EqStr', 'LeStr', 'LtStr', 'EqSet', 
+    'EnumToStr', 'And', 'Or', 'EqStr', 'LeStr', 'LtStr', 
-    'LeSet', 'LtSet', 'MulSet', 'PlusSet', 'MinusSet', 'SymDiffSet', 
+    'EqSet', 'LeSet', 'LtSet', 'MulSet', 'PlusSet', 'MinusSet', 
-    'ConStrStr', 'ConArrArr', 'ConArrT', 'ConTArr', 'ConTT', 'Slice', 
+    'SymDiffSet', 'ConStrStr', 'ConArrArr', 'ConArrT', 'ConTArr', 'ConTT', 
-    'AppendStrCh', 'AppendStrStr', 'AppendSeqElem', 'AppendSeqSeq', 'InRange', 'InSet', 
+    'Slice', 'AppendStrCh', 'AppendStrStr', 'AppendSeqElem', 'AppendSeqSeq', 'InRange', 
-    'Asgn', 'Repr', 'Exit', 'SetLengthStr', 'SetLengthSeq', 'Assert', 
+    'InSet', 'Asgn', 'Repr', 'Exit', 'SetLengthStr', 'SetLengthSeq', 
-    'Swap', 'IsNil', 'ArrToSeq', 'Array', 'OpenArray', 'Range', 
+    'Assert', 'Swap', 'IsNil', 'ArrToSeq', 'Array', 'OpenArray', 
-    'Set', 'Seq', 'Int', 'Int8', 'Int16', 'Int32', 
+    'Range', 'Set', 'Seq', 'Int', 'Int8', 'Int16', 
-    'Int64', 'Float', 'Float32', 'Float64', 'Bool', 'Char', 
+    'Int32', 'Int64', 'Float', 'Float32', 'Float64', 'Bool', 
-    'String', 'Cstring', 'Pointer', 'AnyEnum', 'EmptySet', 'IntSetBaseType', 
+    'Char', 'String', 'Cstring', 'Pointer', 'AnyEnum', 'EmptySet', 
-    'Nil', 'IsMainModule', 'CompileDate', 'CompileTime', 'NimrodVersion', 'NimrodMajor', 
+    'IntSetBaseType', 'Nil', 'IsMainModule', 'CompileDate', 'CompileTime', 'NimrodVersion', 
-    'NimrodMinor', 'NimrodPatch', 'CpuEndian', 'NaN', 'Inf', 'NegInf', 
+    'NimrodMajor', 'NimrodMinor', 'NimrodPatch', 'CpuEndian', 'HostOS', 'HostCPU', 
-    'NLen', 'NChild', 'NSetChild', 'NAdd', 'NAddMultiple', 'NDel', 
+    'NaN', 'Inf', 'NegInf', 'NLen', 'NChild', 'NSetChild', 
-    'NKind', 'NIntVal', 'NFloatVal', 'NSymbol', 'NIdent', 'NGetType', 
+    'NAdd', 'NAddMultiple', 'NDel', 'NKind', 'NIntVal', 'NFloatVal', 
-    'NStrVal', 'NSetIntVal', 'NSetFloatVal', 'NSetSymbol', 'NSetIdent', 'NSetType', 
+    'NSymbol', 'NIdent', 'NGetType', 'NStrVal', 'NSetIntVal', 'NSetFloatVal', 
-    'NSetStrVal', 'NNewNimNode', 'NCopyNimNode', 'NCopyNimTree', 'StrToIdent', 'IdentToStr', 
+    'NSetSymbol', 'NSetIdent', 'NSetType', 'NSetStrVal', 'NNewNimNode', 'NCopyNimNode', 
-    'EqIdent', 'NHint', 'NWarning', 'NError'
+    'NCopyNimTree', 'StrToIdent', 'IdentToStr', 'EqIdent', 'NHint', 'NWarning', 
+    'NError'
     //[[[end]]]
   );
 
@@ -1342,13 +1343,13 @@ end;
 
 function IntSetContains(const s: TIntSet; key: int): bool;
 var
-  u: int;
+  u: TBitScalar;
   t: PTrunk;
 begin
-  t := IntSetGet(s, key shr TrunkShift);
+  t := IntSetGet(s, shru(key, TrunkShift));
   if t <> nil then begin
     u := key and TrunkMask;
-    result := (t.bits[u shr IntShift] and (1 shl (u and IntMask))) <> 0
+    result := (t.bits[shru(u, IntShift)] and shlu(1, u and IntMask)) <> 0
   end
   else
     result := false
@@ -1356,27 +1357,27 @@ end;
 
 procedure IntSetIncl(var s: TIntSet; key: int);
 var
-  u: int;
+  u: TBitScalar;
   t: PTrunk;
 begin
-  t := IntSetPut(s, key shr TrunkShift);
+  t := IntSetPut(s, shru(key, TrunkShift));
   u := key and TrunkMask;
-  t.bits[u shr IntShift] := t.bits[u shr IntShift]
+  t.bits[shru(u, IntShift)] := t.bits[shru(u, IntShift)]
-                            or (1 shl (u and IntMask));
+                            or shlu(1, u and IntMask);
 end;
 
 function IntSetContainsOrIncl(var s: TIntSet; key: int): bool;
 var
-  u: int;
+  u: TBitScalar;
   t: PTrunk;
 begin
-  t := IntSetGet(s, key shr TrunkShift);
+  t := IntSetGet(s, shru(key, TrunkShift));
   if t <> nil then begin
     u := key and TrunkMask;
-    result := (t.bits[u shr IntShift] and (1 shl (u and IntMask))) <> 0;
+    result := (t.bits[shru(u, IntShift)] and shlu(1, u and IntMask)) <> 0;
     if not result then
-      t.bits[u shr IntShift] := t.bits[u shr IntShift]
+      t.bits[shru(u, IntShift)] := t.bits[shru(u, IntShift)]
-                                or (1 shl (u and IntMask));
+                                or shlu(1, u and IntMask);
   end
   else begin
     IntSetIncl(s, key);

nim/astalgo.pas

@@ -456,23 +456,21 @@ begin
         [istr, lineInfoToStr(n.info)]);
       case n.kind of
         nkCharLit..nkInt64Lit:
-          appf(result, '$n$1"intVal": $2', [istr, toRope(n.intVal)]);
+          appf(result, ',$n$1"intVal": $2', [istr, toRope(n.intVal)]);
         nkFloatLit, nkFloat32Lit, nkFloat64Lit:
-          appf(result, '$n$1"floatVal": $2',
+          appf(result, ',$n$1"floatVal": $2', [istr, toRopeF(n.floatVal)]);
-                        [istr, toRopeF(n.floatVal)]);
         nkStrLit..nkTripleStrLit:
-          appf(result, '$n$1"strVal": $2',
+          appf(result, ',$n$1"strVal": $2', [istr, makeYamlString(n.strVal)]);
-                        [istr, makeYamlString(n.strVal)]);
         nkSym:
           appf(result, ',$n$1"sym": $2',
             [istr, symToYamlAux(n.sym, marker, indent+2, maxRecDepth)]);
 
         nkIdent: begin
           if n.ident <> nil then
-            appf(result, '$n$1"ident": $2',
+            appf(result, ',$n$1"ident": $2',
                           [istr, makeYamlString(n.ident.s)])
           else
-            appf(result, '$n$1"ident": null', [istr])
+            appf(result, ',$n$1"ident": null', [istr])
         end
         else begin
           if sonsLen(n) > 0 then begin
@@ -552,12 +550,12 @@ begin
     if maxRecDepth <> 0 then begin
       case n.kind of
         nkCharLit..nkInt64Lit:
-          appf(result, '$n$1"intVal": $2', [istr, toRope(n.intVal)]);
+          appf(result, ',$n$1"intVal": $2', [istr, toRope(n.intVal)]);
         nkFloatLit, nkFloat32Lit, nkFloat64Lit:
-          appf(result, '$n$1"floatVal": $2',
+          appf(result, ',$n$1"floatVal": $2',
                         [istr, toRopeF(n.floatVal)]);
         nkStrLit..nkTripleStrLit:
-          appf(result, '$n$1"strVal": $2',
+          appf(result, ',$n$1"strVal": $2',
                         [istr, makeYamlString(n.strVal)]);
         nkSym:
           appf(result, ',$n$1"sym": $2_$3',
@@ -565,10 +563,10 @@ begin
 
         nkIdent: begin
           if n.ident <> nil then
-            appf(result, '$n$1"ident": $2',
+            appf(result, ',$n$1"ident": $2',
                           [istr, makeYamlString(n.ident.s)])
           else
-            appf(result, '$n$1"ident": null', [istr])
+            appf(result, ',$n$1"ident": null', [istr])
         end
         else begin
           if sonsLen(n) > 0 then begin

nim/ccgexprs.pas

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ var
   j: int;
 begin
   result := 0;
-  if CPU[hostCPU].endian = CPU[targetCPU].endian then begin
+  if CPU[platform.hostCPU].endian = CPU[targetCPU].endian then begin
     for j := 0 to size-1 do
       if j < length(s) then
         result := result or shlu(Ze64(s[j]), j * 8)
@@ -773,6 +773,34 @@ begin
   putIntoDest(p, d, field.typ, r);
 end;
 
+procedure genTupleElem(p: BProc; e: PNode; var d: TLoc);
+var
+  a: TLoc;
+  field: PSym;
+  ty: PType;
+  r: PRope;
+  i: int;
+begin
+  initLocExpr(p, e.sons[0], a);
+  if d.k = locNone then d.s := a.s;
+  {@discard} getTypeDesc(p.module, a.t); // fill the record's fields.loc
+  ty := getUniqueType(a.t);
+  r := rdLoc(a);
+  case e.sons[1].kind of
+    nkIntLit..nkInt64Lit: i := int(e.sons[1].intVal);
+    else internalError(e.info, 'genTupleElem');
+  end;
+  if ty.n <> nil then begin
+    field := ty.n.sons[i].sym;
+    if field = nil then InternalError(e.info, 'genTupleElem');
+    if field.loc.r = nil then InternalError(e.info, 'genTupleElem');
+    appf(r, '.$1', [field.loc.r]);
+  end
+  else
+    appf(r, '.Field$1', [toRope(i)]);
+  putIntoDest(p, d, ty.sons[i], r);
+end;
+
 procedure genInExprAux(p: BProc; e: PNode; var a, b, d: TLoc); forward;
 
 procedure genCheckedRecordField(p: BProc; e: PNode; var d: TLoc);
@@ -848,10 +876,11 @@ begin
   first := intLiteral(firstOrd(ty));
   // emit range check:
   if (optBoundsCheck in p.options) then begin
-    if b.k <> locImmediate then begin // semantic pass has already checked:
+    if not isConstExpr(e.sons[1]) then begin
+      // semantic pass has already checked for const index expressions
       useMagic(p.module, 'raiseIndexError');
       if firstOrd(ty) = 0 then begin
-        if lastOrd(b.t) > lastOrd(ty) then
+        if (firstOrd(b.t) < firstOrd(ty)) or (lastOrd(b.t) > lastOrd(ty)) then
           appf(p.s[cpsStmts],
              'if ((NU)($1) > (NU)($2)) raiseIndexError();$n',
                [rdCharLoc(b), intLiteral(lastOrd(ty))])
@@ -1289,14 +1318,22 @@ var
   a, b, f: TLoc;
   refType, bt: PType;
   ti: PRope;
+  oldModule: BModule;
 begin
   useMagic(p.module, 'newObj');
   refType := skipVarGenericRange(e.sons[1].typ);
   InitLocExpr(p, e.sons[1], a);
+  
+  // This is a little hack:
+  oldModule := p.module;
+  p.module := gmti;
   InitLocExpr(p, e.sons[2], f);
+  p.module := oldModule;
+  
   initLoc(b, locExpr, a.t, OnHeap);
   ti := genTypeInfo(p.module, refType);
-  appf(p.module.s[cfsTypeInit3], '$1->finalizer = (void*)$2;$n', [
+  
+  appf(gmti.s[cfsTypeInit3], '$1->finalizer = (void*)$2;$n', [
     ti, rdLoc(f)]);
   b.r := ropef('($1) newObj($2, sizeof($3))',
                    [getTypeDesc(p.module, refType), ti,
@@ -1331,7 +1368,7 @@ begin
       UseMagic(p.module, 'reprChar');
       putIntoDest(p, d, e.typ, ropef('reprChar($1)', [rdLoc(a)]))
     end;
-    tyEnum: begin
+    tyEnum, tyAnyEnum: begin
       UseMagic(p.module, 'reprEnum');
       putIntoDest(p, d, e.typ,
         ropef('reprEnum($1, $2)', [rdLoc(a), genTypeInfo(p.module, t)]))
@@ -1853,6 +1890,7 @@ begin
     mFloatToStr: genDollar(p, e, d, 'nimFloatToStr', 'nimFloatToStr($1)');
     mCStrToStr: genDollar(p, e, d, 'cstrToNimstr', 'cstrToNimstr($1)');
     mStrToStr: expr(p, e.sons[1], d);
+    mEnumToStr: genRepr(p, e, d);
     mAssert: begin
       if (optAssert in p.Options) then begin
         useMagic(p.module, 'internalAssert');
@@ -1996,24 +2034,32 @@ var
   it: PNode;
   t: PType;
 begin
-  // the code generator assumes that there are only tuple constructors with
-  // field names!
   if not handleConstExpr(p, n, d) then begin
     t := getUniqueType(n.typ);
     {@discard} getTypeDesc(p.module, t); // so that any fields are initialized
     if d.k = locNone then getTemp(p, t, d);
-    if t.n = nil then InternalError(n.info, 'genTupleConstr');
-    if sonsLen(t.n) <> sonsLen(n) then
-      InternalError(n.info, 'genTupleConstr');
     for i := 0 to sonsLen(n)-1 do begin
       it := n.sons[i];
-      if it.kind <> nkExprColonExpr then InternalError(n.info, 'genTupleConstr');
+      if it.kind = nkExprColonExpr then begin
         initLoc(rec, locExpr, it.sons[1].typ, d.s);
         if (t.n.sons[i].kind <> nkSym) then
           InternalError(n.info, 'genTupleConstr');
         rec.r := ropef('$1.$2', [rdLoc(d), mangleRecFieldName(t.n.sons[i].sym, t)]);
         expr(p, it.sons[1], rec);
       end
+      else if t.n = nil then begin
+        initLoc(rec, locExpr, it.typ, d.s);
+        rec.r := ropef('$1.Field$2', [rdLoc(d), toRope(i)]);
+        expr(p, it, rec);
+      end
+      else begin
+        initLoc(rec, locExpr, it.typ, d.s);
+        if (t.n.sons[i].kind <> nkSym) then
+          InternalError(n.info, 'genTupleConstr: 2');
+        rec.r := ropef('$1.$2', [rdLoc(d), mangleRecFieldName(t.n.sons[i].sym, t)]);
+        expr(p, it, rec);
+      end
+    end
   end
 end;
 
@@ -2123,11 +2169,10 @@ begin
       sym := e.sym;
       case sym.Kind of
         skProc, skConverter: begin
-          // generate prototype if not already declared in this translation unit
+          genProc(p.module, sym);
-          genProcPrototype(p.module, sym);
           if ((sym.loc.r = nil) or (sym.loc.t = nil)) then
             InternalError(e.info, 'expr: proc not init ' + sym.name.s);
-          putLocIntoDest(p, d, sym.loc)
+          putLocIntoDest(p, d, sym.loc);
         end;
         skConst:
           if isSimpleConst(sym.typ) then
@@ -2160,8 +2205,6 @@ begin
     nkStrLit..nkTripleStrLit, nkIntLit..nkInt64Lit,
     nkFloatLit..nkFloat64Lit, nkNilLit, nkCharLit: begin
       putIntoDest(p, d, e.typ, genLiteral(p, e));
-      if d.k in [locNone, locExpr] then
-        d.k := locImmediate // for removal of index checks
     end;
     nkCall, nkHiddenCallConv, nkInfix, nkPrefix, nkPostfix, nkCommand: begin
       if (e.sons[0].kind = nkSym) and
@@ -2189,6 +2232,7 @@ begin
         tyOpenArray: genOpenArrayElem(p, e, d);
         tySequence, tyString: genSeqElem(p, e, d);
         tyCString: genCStringElem(p, e, d);
+        tyTuple: genTupleElem(p, e, d);
         else InternalError(e.info,
                'expr(nkBracketExpr, ' + typeKindToStr[ty.kind] + ')');
       end

nim/ccgstmts.pas

@@ -801,9 +801,16 @@ begin
     assert(key.kind = nkIdent);
     case whichKeyword(key.ident) of
       wBreakpoint: genBreakPoint(p, it);
+      wDeadCodeElim: begin
+        if not (optDeadCodeElim in gGlobalOptions) then begin
+          // we need to keep track of ``deadCodeElim`` pragma
+          if (sfDeadCodeElim in p.module.module.flags) then
+            addPendingModule(p.module)
+        end            
+      end
       else begin end
     end
-  end
+  end;
 end;
 
 procedure genAsgn(p: BProc; e: PNode);
@@ -816,6 +823,17 @@ begin
   expr(p, e.sons[1], a);
 end;
 
+procedure genFastAsgn(p: BProc; e: PNode);
+var
+  a: TLoc;
+begin
+  genLineDir(p, e); // BUGFIX
+  InitLocExpr(p, e.sons[0], a);
+  include(a.flags, lfNoDeepCopy);
+  assert(a.t <> nil);
+  expr(p, e.sons[1], a);
+end;
+
 procedure genStmts(p: BProc; t: PNode);
 var
   a: TLoc;
@@ -844,6 +862,7 @@ begin
       initLocExpr(p, t, a);
     end;
     nkAsgn: genAsgn(p, t);
+    nkFastAsgn: genFastAsgn(p, t);
     nkDiscardStmt: begin
       genLineDir(p, t);
       initLocExpr(p, t.sons[0], a);
@@ -865,17 +884,13 @@ begin
     nkProcDef, nkConverterDef: begin
       if (t.sons[genericParamsPos] = nil) then begin
         prc := t.sons[namePos].sym;
-        if (t.sons[codePos] <> nil)
+        if not (optDeadCodeElim in gGlobalOptions) and
-        or (lfDynamicLib in prc.loc.flags) then begin // BUGFIX
+            not (sfDeadCodeElim in getModule(prc).flags)
-          if IntSetContainsOrIncl(p.module.debugDeclared, prc.id) then begin
+        or ([sfExportc, sfCompilerProc] * prc.flags = [sfExportc]) then begin
-            internalError(t.info, 'genStmts(): ' + toString(prc.id)); 
+          if (t.sons[codePos] <> nil) or (lfDynamicLib in prc.loc.flags) then begin
-            // XXX: remove this check!
-          end;
-          //if IntSetContains(p.module.debugDeclared, 2642) then 
-          //  InternalError(t.info, 'this sucks '  + toString(prc.id));
             genProc(p.module, prc)
           end
-        //else if sfCompilerProc in prc.flags then genProcPrototype(prc);
+        end
       end
     end;
     else

nim/ccgtypes.pas

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //
 
 //var
-//  newDummyVar: int; // just to check the rodgen mechanism
+//  newDummyVar: int; // just to check the symbol file mechanism
 
 // ------------------------- Name Mangling --------------------------------
 
@@ -461,6 +461,22 @@ begin
   app(result, '};' + tnl);
 end;
 
+function getTupleDesc(m: BModule; typ: PType; name: PRope;
+                      var check: TIntSet): PRope;
+var
+  desc: PRope;
+  i: int;
+begin
+  result := ropef('struct $1 {$n', [name]);
+  desc := nil;
+  for i := 0 to sonsLen(typ)-1 do 
+    appf(desc, '$1 Field$2;$n',
+         [getTypeDescAux(m, typ.sons[i], check), toRope(i)]);
+  if (desc = nil) then app(result, 'char dummy;' + tnl)
+  else app(result, desc);
+  app(result, '};' + tnl);
+end;
+
 procedure pushType(m: BModule; typ: PType);
 var
   L: int;
@@ -571,13 +587,15 @@ begin
       if result = nil then begin
         result := getTypeName(t);
         if not isImportedType(t) then
-          appf(m.s[cfsForwardTypes],
+          appf(m.s[cfsForwardTypes], getForwardStructFormat(), [result]);
-            getForwardStructFormat(), [result]);
         IdTablePut(m.forwTypeCache, t, result)
       end;
       IdTablePut(m.typeCache, t, result);
       // always call for sideeffects:
-      recdesc := getRecordDesc(m, t, result, check);
+      if t.n <> nil then
+        recdesc := getRecordDesc(m, t, result, check)
+      else
+        recdesc := getTupleDesc(m, t, result, check);
       if not isImportedType(t) then app(m.s[cfsTypes], recdesc);
     end;
     tySet: begin
@@ -735,9 +753,11 @@ begin
       assert(n.sons[0].kind = nkSym);
       field := n.sons[0].sym;
       tmp := getTempName();
+      useMagic(m, 'chckNil');
       appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit3], '$1.kind = 3;$n' +
                               '$1.offset = offsetof($2, $3);$n' +
                               '$1.typ = $4;$n' +
+                              'chckNil($1.typ);$n' +
                               '$1.name = $5;$n' +
                               '$1.sons = &$6[0];$n' +
                               '$1.len = $7;$n',
@@ -781,9 +801,11 @@ begin
     end;
     nkSym: begin
       field := n.sym;
+      useMagic(m, 'chckNil');
       appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit3], '$1.kind = 1;$n' +
                               '$1.offset = offsetof($2, $3);$n' +
                               '$1.typ = $4;$n' +
+                              'chckNil($1.typ);$n' +
                               '$1.name = $5;$n',
                               [expr, getTypeDesc(m, typ), field.loc.r,
                               genTypeInfo(m, field.typ),
@@ -804,6 +826,41 @@ begin
   appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit3], '$1->node = &$2;$n', [name, tmp]);
 end;
 
+procedure genTupleInfo(m: BModule; typ: PType; name: PRope);
+var
+  tmp, expr, tmp2: PRope;
+  i, len: int;
+  a: PType;
+begin
+  genTypeInfoAuxBase(m, typ, name, toRope('0'+''));
+  expr := getNimNode(m);
+  len := sonsLen(typ);
+  if len > 0 then begin
+    tmp := getTempName();
+    appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit1], 'static TNimNode* $1[$2];$n', [tmp, toRope(len)]);
+    for i := 0 to len-1 do begin
+      a := typ.sons[i];
+      tmp2 := getNimNode(m);
+      appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit3], '$1[$2] = &$3;$n', [tmp, toRope(i), tmp2]);
+      useMagic(m, 'chckNil');
+      appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit3], '$1.kind = 1;$n' +
+                              '$1.offset = offsetof($2, Field$3);$n' +
+                              '$1.typ = $4;$n' +
+                              'chckNil($1.typ);$n' +
+                              '$1.name = "Field$3";$n',
+                              [tmp2, getTypeDesc(m, typ), toRope(i),
+                              genTypeInfo(m, a)]);
+    end;
+    appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit3],
+        '$1.len = $2; $1.kind = 2; $1.sons = &$3[0];$n', [
+        expr, toRope(len), tmp]);
+  end
+  else
+    appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit3],
+        '$1.len = $2; $1.kind = 2;$n', [expr, toRope(len)]);
+  appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit3], '$1->node = &$2;$n', [name, tmp]);
+end;
+
 procedure genEnumInfo(m: BModule; typ: PType; name: PRope);
 var
   nodePtrs, elemNode, enumNames, enumArray, counter, specialCases: PRope;
@@ -817,7 +874,8 @@ begin
   genTypeInfoAux(m, typ, name);
   nodePtrs := getTempName();
   len := sonsLen(typ.n);
-  appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit1], 'static TNimNode* $1[$2];$n', [nodePtrs, toRope(len)]);
+  appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit1], 'static TNimNode* $1[$2];$n',
+       [nodePtrs, toRope(len)]);
   enumNames := nil;
   specialCases := nil;
   firstNimNode := m.typeNodes;
@@ -879,61 +937,55 @@ function genTypeInfo(m: BModule; typ: PType): PRope;
 var
   t: PType;
   id: int;
-  dataGen: bool;
+  dataGenerated: bool;
 begin
   t := getUniqueType(typ);
   id := IiTableGet(gToTypeInfoId, t.id);
   if id = invalidKey then begin
-    dataGen := false;
+    dataGenerated := false;
-    case t.kind of
+    id := t.id; // getID();
-      tyEnum, tyBool: begin
-        id := t.id;
-        dataGen := true
-      end;
-      tyObject: begin
-        if isPureObject(t) then
-          id := getID()
-        else begin
-          id := t.id;
-          dataGen := true
-        end
-      end
-      else
-        id := getID();
-    end;
     IiTablePut(gToTypeInfoId, t.id, id);
   end
   else
-    dataGen := true;
+    dataGenerated := true;
   result := ropef('NTI$1', [toRope(id)]);
-  if not IntSetContainsOrIncl(m.typeInfoMarker, t.id) then begin
+  if not IntSetContainsOrIncl(m.typeInfoMarker, id) then begin
     // declare type information structures:
     useMagic(m, 'TNimType');
     useMagic(m, 'TNimNode');
-    if dataGen then
     appf(m.s[cfsVars], 'extern TNimType* $1; /* $2 */$n',
          [result, toRope(typeToString(t))]);
   end;
-  if dataGen then exit;
+  if dataGenerated then exit;
   case t.kind of
     tyPointer, tyProc, tyBool, tyChar, tyCString, tyString,
     tyInt..tyFloat128, tyVar:
-      genTypeInfoAuxBase(m, t, result, toRope('0'+''));
+      genTypeInfoAuxBase(gmti, t, result, toRope('0'+''));
-    tyRef, tyPtr, tySequence, tyRange: genTypeInfoAux(m, t, result);
+    tyRef, tyPtr, tySequence, tyRange: genTypeInfoAux(gmti, t, result);
-    tyArrayConstr, tyArray: genArrayInfo(m, t, result);
+    tyArrayConstr, tyArray: genArrayInfo(gmti, t, result);
-    tySet: genSetInfo(m, t, result);
+    tySet: genSetInfo(gmti, t, result);
-    tyEnum: genEnumInfo(m, t, result);
+    tyEnum: genEnumInfo(gmti, t, result);
-    tyObject, tyTuple: genObjectInfo(m, t, result);
+    tyObject: genObjectInfo(gmti, t, result);
+    tyTuple: begin
+      if t.n <> nil then genObjectInfo(gmti, t, result)
+      else genTupleInfo(gmti, t, result);
+    end;
     else InternalError('genTypeInfo(' + typekindToStr[t.kind] + ')');
   end
 end;
 
+procedure genTypeSection(m: BModule; n: PNode);
+begin
+end;
+
+(*
 procedure genTypeSection(m: BModule; n: PNode);
 var
   i: int;
   a: PNode;
   t: PType;
 begin
+  if not (optDeadCodeElim in gGlobalOptions) then begin
     for i := 0 to sonsLen(n)-1 do begin
       a := n.sons[i];
       if a.kind = nkCommentStmt then continue;
@@ -958,4 +1010,6 @@ begin
             else begin end
           end
     end
+  end
 end;
+*)

nim/ccgutils.pas

@@ -27,16 +27,48 @@ function GetUniqueType(key: PType): PType;
 implementation
 
 var
-  gTypeTable: TIdTable;
+  gTypeTable: array [TTypeKind] of TIdTable;
+
+procedure initTypeTables();
+var
+  i: TTypeKind;
+begin
+  for i := low(TTypeKind) to high(TTypeKind) do 
+    InitIdTable(gTypeTable[i]);
+end;
 
 function GetUniqueType(key: PType): PType;
 var
   t: PType;
   h: THash;
+  k: TTypeKind;
 begin
-  // this was a hotspot in the compiler!
+  // this is a hotspot in the compiler!
   result := key;
   if key = nil then exit;
+  k := key.kind;
+  case k of
+    tyObject, tyEnum: begin
+      result := PType(IdTableGet(gTypeTable[k], key));
+      if result = nil then begin
+        IdTablePut(gTypeTable[k], key, key);
+        result := key;
+      end
+    end;
+    tyGenericInst: result := GetUniqueType(lastSon(key));
+    tyProc: begin end;
+    else begin
+      // we have to do a slow linear search because types may need
+      // to be compared by their structure:
+      if IdTableHasObjectAsKey(gTypeTable[k], key) then exit;
+      for h := 0 to high(gTypeTable[k].data) do begin
+        t := PType(gTypeTable[k].data[h].key);
+        if (t <> nil) and sameType(t, key) then begin result := t; exit end
+      end;
+      IdTablePut(gTypeTable[k], key, key);
+    end;
+  end;
+  (*
   case key.Kind of
     tyEmpty, tyChar, tyBool, tyNil, tyPointer, tyString, tyCString, 
     tyInt..tyFloat128, tyProc, tyAnyEnum: begin end;
@@ -62,7 +94,7 @@ begin
       end
     end;
     tyGenericInst: result := GetUniqueType(lastSon(key));
-  end;
+  end; *)
 end;
 
 function TableGetType(const tab: TIdTable; key: PType): PObject;
@@ -122,6 +154,6 @@ begin
   app(result, toRope(res));
 end;
 
-initialization
+begin
-  InitIdTable(gTypeTable);
+  InitTypeTables();
 end.

nim/cgen.pas

@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ type
     cpsStmts           // section of local statements for C proc
   );
 
-
   TCProcSections = array [TCProcSection] of PRope;
     // TCProcSections represents a generated C proc
 
@@ -112,12 +111,13 @@ type
     typeCache: TIdTable;     // cache the generated types
     forwTypeCache: TIdTable; // cache for forward declarations of types
     declaredThings: TIntSet; // things we have declared in this .c file
-    debugDeclared: TIntSet;  // for debugging purposes
+    declaredProtos: TIntSet; // prototypes we have declared in this .c file
     headerFiles: TLinkedList; // needed headers to include
     typeInfoMarker: TIntSet; // needed for generating type information
     initProc: BProc;         // code for init procedure
     typeStack: TTypeSeq;     // used for type generation
     dataCache: TNodeTable;
+    forwardedProcs: TSymSeq; // keep forwarded procs here
     typeNodes, nimTypes: int;// used for type info generation
     typeNodesName, nimTypesName: PRope; // used for type info generation
   end;
@@ -126,7 +126,49 @@ var
   mainModProcs, mainModInit: PRope; // parts of the main module
   gMapping: PRope;  // the generated mapping file (if requested)
   gProcProfile: Natural; // proc profile counter
+  gGeneratedSyms: TIntSet; // set of ID's of generated symbols
+  gPendingModules: array of BModule = {@ignore} nil {@emit @[]};
+    // list of modules that are not finished with code generation
+  gForwardedProcsCounter: int = 0;
+  gmti: BModule; // generated type info: no need to initialize: defaults fit
 
+procedure addForwardedProc(m: BModule; prc: PSym);
+var
+  L: int;
+begin
+  L := length(m.forwardedProcs);
+  setLength(m.forwardedProcs, L+1);
+  m.forwardedProcs[L] := prc;
+  inc(gForwardedProcsCounter);
+end;
+
+procedure addPendingModule(m: BModule);
+var
+  L, i: int;
+begin
+  for i := 0 to high(gPendingModules) do
+    if gPendingModules[i] = m then
+      InternalError('module already pending: ' + m.module.name.s);
+  L := length(gPendingModules);
+  setLength(gPendingModules, L+1);
+  gPendingModules[L] := m;
+end;
+
+function findPendingModule(m: BModule; s: PSym): BModule;
+var
+  ms: PSym;
+  i: int;
+begin
+  ms := getModule(s);
+  if ms.id = m.module.id then begin
+    result := m; exit
+  end;
+  for i := 0 to high(gPendingModules) do begin
+    result := gPendingModules[i];
+    if result.module.id = ms.id then exit;
+  end;
+  InternalError(s.info, 'no pending module found for: ' + s.name.s);
+end;
 
 procedure initLoc(var result: TLoc; k: TLocKind; typ: PType; s: TStorageLoc);
 begin
@@ -209,25 +251,12 @@ end;
 
 // -------------------------- Variable manager ----------------------------
 
-procedure declareGlobalVar(m: BModule; s: PSym);
-begin
-  if not IntSetContainsOrIncl(m.declaredThings, s.id) then begin
-    app(m.s[cfsVars], getTypeDesc(m, s.loc.t));
-    if sfRegister in s.flags then
-      app(m.s[cfsVars], ' register');
-    if sfVolatile in s.flags then
-      app(m.s[cfsVars], ' volatile');
-    if sfThreadVar in s.flags then
-      app(m.s[cfsVars], ' NIM_THREADVAR');
-    appf(m.s[cfsVars], ' $1;$n', [s.loc.r])
-  end
-end;
-
 procedure assignLocalVar(p: BProc; s: PSym);
 begin
   //assert(s.loc.k == locNone) // not yet assigned
   // this need not be fullfilled for inline procs; they are regenerated
   // for each module that uses them!
+  if s.loc.k = locNone then
     fillLoc(s.loc, locLocalVar, s.typ, mangleName(s), OnStack);
   app(p.s[cpsLocals], getTypeDesc(p.module, s.loc.t));
   if sfRegister in s.flags then
@@ -248,11 +277,19 @@ end;
 
 procedure assignGlobalVar(m: BModule; s: PSym);
 begin
+  if s.loc.k = locNone then
     fillLoc(s.loc, locGlobalVar, s.typ, mangleName(s), OnHeap);
   useHeader(m, s);
   if lfNoDecl in s.loc.flags then exit;
   if sfImportc in s.flags then app(m.s[cfsVars], 'extern ');
-  declareGlobalVar(m, s);
+  app(m.s[cfsVars], getTypeDesc(m, s.loc.t));
+  if sfRegister in s.flags then
+    app(m.s[cfsVars], ' register');
+  if sfVolatile in s.flags then
+    app(m.s[cfsVars], ' volatile');
+  if sfThreadVar in s.flags then
+    app(m.s[cfsVars], ' NIM_THREADVAR');
+  appf(m.s[cfsVars], ' $1;$n', [s.loc.r]);
   if [optStackTrace, optEndb] * m.module.options =
      [optStackTrace, optEndb] then begin
     useMagic(m, 'dbgRegisterGlobal');
@@ -282,6 +319,12 @@ begin
   end
 end;
 
+procedure fillProcLoc(sym: PSym);
+begin
+  if sym.loc.k = locNone then
+    fillLoc(sym.loc, locProc, sym.typ, mangleName(sym), OnStack);
+end;
+
 // -------------------------- label manager -------------------------------
 
 // note that a label is a location too
@@ -296,11 +339,11 @@ begin
   appf(p.s[cpsStmts], '$1: ;$n', [labl])
 end;
 
-procedure genProcPrototype(m: BModule; sym: PSym); forward;
 procedure genVarPrototype(m: BModule; sym: PSym); forward;
 procedure genConstPrototype(m: BModule; sym: PSym); forward;
 procedure genProc(m: BModule; prc: PSym); forward;
 procedure genStmts(p: BProc; t: PNode); forward;
+procedure genProcPrototype(m: BModule; sym: PSym); forward;
 
 {$include 'ccgexprs.pas'}
 {$include 'ccgstmts.pas'}
@@ -343,11 +386,11 @@ begin
   tmp := ropef('Dl_$1', [toRope(sym.id)]);
   sym.loc.r := tmp; // from now on we only need the internal name
   sym.typ.sym := nil; // generate a new name
-  appf(m.s[cfsDynLibInit],
+  appf(m.s[cfsDynLibInit], '$1 = ($2) nimGetProcAddr($3, $4);$n',
-    '$1 = ($2) nimGetProcAddr($3, $4);$n',
+    [tmp, getTypeDesc(m, sym.typ), lib.name, makeCString(ropeToStr(extname))]);
-    [tmp, getTypeDesc(m, sym.typ), lib.name,
+
-    makeCString(ropeToStr(extname))]);
+  app(m.s[cfsVars], getTypeDesc(m, sym.loc.t));
-  declareGlobalVar(m, sym)
+  appf(m.s[cfsVars], ' $1;$n', [sym.loc.r]);
 end;
 
 // ----------------------------- sections ---------------------------------
@@ -356,16 +399,16 @@ procedure UseMagic(m: BModule; const name: string);
 var
   sym: PSym;
 begin
-  if (sfSystemModule in m.module.flags) then exit;
-  // we don't know the magic symbols in the system module, but they will be
-  // there anyway, because that is the way the code generator works
   sym := magicsys.getCompilerProc(name);
+  if sym <> nil then 
     case sym.kind of
-    skProc, skConverter: genProcPrototype(m, sym);
+      skProc, skConverter: genProc(m, sym);
       skVar: genVarPrototype(m, sym);
       skType: {@discard} getTypeDesc(m, sym.typ);
       else InternalError('useMagic: ' + name)
     end
+  else if not (sfSystemModule in m.module.flags) then
+    rawMessage(errSystemNeeds, name); // don't be too picky here
 end;
 
 procedure generateHeaders(m: BModule);
@@ -405,27 +448,15 @@ begin
   result := (s.typ.sons[0] <> nil) and not isInvalidReturnType(s.typ.sons[0])
 end;
 
-procedure genProc(m: BModule; prc: PSym);
+procedure genProcAux(m: BModule; prc: PSym);
 var
   p: BProc;
   generatedProc, header, returnStmt: PRope;
-  i, profileId: int;
+  i: int;
   res, param: PSym;
 begin
-  useHeader(m, prc);
-  fillLoc(prc.loc, locProc, prc.typ, mangleName(prc), OnStack);
-  if (lfNoDecl in prc.loc.Flags) then exit;
-  if lfDynamicLib in prc.loc.flags then
-    SymInDynamicLib(m, prc)
-  else if not (sfImportc in prc.flags) then begin
-    // we have a real proc here:
   p := newProc(prc, m);
   header := genProcHeader(m, prc);
-    if (sfCompilerProc in prc.flags)
-    and (sfSystemModule in m.module.flags)
-    and not IntSetContains(m.declaredThings, prc.id) then
-      appf(m.s[cfsProcHeaders], '$1;$n', [header]);
-    intSetIncl(m.declaredThings, prc.id);
   returnStmt := nil;
   assert(prc.ast <> nil);
 
@@ -493,7 +524,55 @@ begin
     app(generatedProc, '}' + tnl);
   end;
   app(m.s[cfsProcs], generatedProc);
+end;
+
+procedure genProcPrototype(m: BModule; sym: PSym);
+begin
+  useHeader(m, sym);
+  if (lfNoDecl in sym.loc.Flags) then exit;
+  if lfDynamicLib in sym.loc.Flags then begin
+    if (sym.owner.id <> m.module.id) and
+        not intSetContainsOrIncl(m.declaredThings, sym.id) then begin
+      appf(m.s[cfsVars], 'extern $1 Dl_$2;$n',
+           [getTypeDesc(m, sym.loc.t), toRope(sym.id)])
     end
+  end
+  else begin
+    if not IntSetContainsOrIncl(m.declaredProtos, sym.id) then
+      appf(m.s[cfsProcHeaders], '$1;$n', [genProcHeader(m, sym)]);
+  end
+end;
+
+procedure genProcNoForward(m: BModule; prc: PSym);
+begin
+  fillProcLoc(prc);
+  useHeader(m, prc);
+  genProcPrototype(m, prc);
+  if (lfNoDecl in prc.loc.Flags) then exit;  
+  if prc.typ.callConv = ccInline then begin
+    // We add inline procs to the calling module to enable C based inlining.
+    // This also means that a check with ``gGeneratedSyms`` is wrong, we need
+    // a check for ``m.declaredThings``.
+    if not intSetContainsOrIncl(m.declaredThings, prc.id) then 
+      genProcAux(m, prc);
+  end
+  else if lfDynamicLib in prc.loc.flags then begin
+    if not IntSetContainsOrIncl(gGeneratedSyms, prc.id) then
+      SymInDynamicLib(findPendingModule(m, prc), prc);
+  end
+  else if not (sfImportc in prc.flags) then begin
+    if not IntSetContainsOrIncl(gGeneratedSyms, prc.id) then 
+      genProcAux(findPendingModule(m, prc), prc);
+  end
+end;
+
+procedure genProc(m: BModule; prc: PSym);
+begin
+  fillProcLoc(prc);
+  if [sfForward, sfFromGeneric] * prc.flags <> [] then 
+    addForwardedProc(m, prc)
+  else
+    genProcNoForward(m, prc)
 end;
 
 procedure genVarPrototype(m: BModule; sym: PSym);
@@ -522,6 +601,7 @@ end;
 procedure genConstPrototype(m: BModule; sym: PSym);
 begin
   useHeader(m, sym);
+  if sym.loc.k = locNone then
     fillLoc(sym.loc, locData, sym.typ, mangleName(sym), OnUnknown);
   if (lfNoDecl in sym.loc.Flags) or
       intSetContainsOrIncl(m.declaredThings, sym.id) then
@@ -535,32 +615,6 @@ begin
   end
 end;
 
-procedure genProcPrototype(m: BModule; sym: PSym);
-begin
-  useHeader(m, sym);
-  fillLoc(sym.loc, locProc, sym.typ, mangleName(sym), OnStack);
-  if lfDynamicLib in sym.loc.Flags then begin
-    // it is a proc variable!
-    if (sym.owner.id <> m.module.id) and
-        not intSetContainsOrIncl(m.declaredThings, sym.id) then begin
-      app(m.s[cfsVars], 'extern ');
-      // BUGFIX: declareGlobalVar() inlined, because of intSetContainsOrIncl
-      // check
-      app(m.s[cfsVars], getTypeDesc(m, sym.loc.t));
-      appf(m.s[cfsVars], ' $1;$n', [sym.loc.r])
-    end
-  end
-  else begin
-    // it is a proc:
-    if (lfNoDecl in sym.loc.Flags) then exit;
-    if intSetContainsOrIncl(m.declaredThings, sym.id) then exit;
-    appf(m.s[cfsProcHeaders], '$1;$n', [genProcHeader(m, sym)]);
-    if (sym.typ.callConv = ccInline)
-    and (sym.owner.id <> m.module.id) then
-      genProc(m, sym) // generate the code again!
-  end
-end;
-
 function getFileHeader(const cfilenoext: string): PRope;
 begin
   if optCompileOnly in gGlobalOptions then
@@ -593,6 +647,7 @@ procedure genMainProc(m: BModule);
 const
   CommonMainBody =
     '  setStackBottom(dummy);$n' +
+    '  nim__datInit();$n' +
     '  systemInit();$n' +
     '$1' +
     '$2';
@@ -652,8 +707,7 @@ var
   initname: PRope;
 begin
   initname := getInitName(m);
-  appf(mainModProcs, 'N_NOINLINE(void, $1)(void);$n',
+  appf(mainModProcs, 'N_NOINLINE(void, $1)(void);$n', [initname]);
-      [initname]);
   if not (sfSystemModule in m.flags) then
     appf(mainModInit, '$1();$n', [initname]);
 end;
@@ -669,14 +723,18 @@ begin
     {@discard} lists.IncludeStr(m.headerFiles, '<cycle.h>');
   end;
   initname := getInitName(m.module);
-  registerModuleToMain(m.module);
   prc := ropef('N_NOINLINE(void, $1)(void) {$n', [initname]);
-  if m.typeNodes > 0 then 
+  
+  if m.typeNodes > 0 then begin
+    useMagic(m, 'TNimNode');
     appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit1], 'static TNimNode $1[$2];$n', 
          [m.typeNodesName, toRope(m.typeNodes)]);
-  if m.nimTypes > 0 then 
+  end;
+  if m.nimTypes > 0 then begin
+    useMagic(m, 'TNimType');
     appf(m.s[cfsTypeInit1], 'static TNimType $1[$2];$n', 
          [m.nimTypesName, toRope(m.nimTypes)]);
+  end;
   if optStackTrace in m.initProc.options then begin
     getFrameDecl(m.initProc);
     app(prc, m.initProc.s[cpsLocals]);
@@ -716,7 +774,7 @@ begin
   for i := low(TCFileSection) to cfsProcs do app(result, m.s[i])
 end;
 
-function newModule(module: PSym; const filename: string): BModule;
+function rawNewModule(module: PSym; const filename: string): BModule;
 begin
   new(result);
 {@ignore}
@@ -724,7 +782,7 @@ begin
 {@emit}
   InitLinkedList(result.headerFiles);
   intSetInit(result.declaredThings);
-  intSetInit(result.debugDeclared);
+  intSetInit(result.declaredProtos);
   result.cfilename := filename;
   result.filename := filename;
   initIdTable(result.typeCache);
@@ -735,12 +793,36 @@ begin
   result.initProc.options := gOptions;
   initNodeTable(result.dataCache);
 {@emit result.typeStack := @[];}
+{@emit result.forwardedProcs := @[];}
   result.typeNodesName := getTempName();
   result.nimTypesName := getTempName();
 end;
 
+function newModule(module: PSym; const filename: string): BModule;
+begin
+  result := rawNewModule(module, filename);
+  if (optDeadCodeElim in gGlobalOptions) then begin
+    if (sfDeadCodeElim in module.flags) then
+      InternalError('added pending module twice: ' + filename);
+    addPendingModule(result)
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure registerTypeInfoModule();
+const
+  moduleName = 'nim__dat';
+var
+  s: PSym;
+begin
+  s := NewSym(skModule, getIdent(moduleName), nil);
+  gmti := rawNewModule(s, joinPath(options.projectPath, moduleName)+'.nim');
+  addPendingModule(gmti);
+  appf(mainModProcs, 'N_NOINLINE(void, $1)(void);$n', [getInitName(s)]);
+end;
+
 function myOpen(module: PSym; const filename: string): PPassContext;
 begin
+  if gmti = nil then registerTypeInfoModule();
   result := newModule(module, filename);
 end;
 
@@ -749,6 +831,7 @@ function myOpenCached(module: PSym; const filename: string;
 var
   cfile, cfilenoext, objFile: string;
 begin
+  if gmti = nil then registerTypeInfoModule();
   //MessageOut('cgen.myOpenCached has been called ' + filename);
   cfile := changeFileExt(completeCFilePath(filename), cExt);
   cfilenoext := changeFileExt(cfile, '');
@@ -761,6 +844,8 @@ begin
   end; *)
   addFileToLink(cfilenoext);
   registerModuleToMain(module);
+  // XXX: this cannot be right here, initalization has to be appended during
+  // the ``myClose`` call
   result := nil;
 end;
 
@@ -790,11 +875,52 @@ begin
   genStmts(m.initProc, n);
 end;
 
-function myClose(b: PPassContext; n: PNode): PNode;
+procedure finishModule(m: BModule);
+var
+  i: int;
+  prc: PSym;
+begin
+  i := 0;
+  while i <= high(m.forwardedProcs) do begin
+    // Note: ``genProc`` may add to ``m.forwardedProcs``, so we cannot use
+    // a for loop here
+    prc := m.forwardedProcs[i];
+    if sfForward in prc.flags then InternalError(prc.info, 'still forwarded');
+    genProcNoForward(m, prc);
+    inc(i);
+  end;
+  assert(gForwardedProcsCounter >= i);
+  dec(gForwardedProcsCounter, i);
+  setLength(m.forwardedProcs, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure writeModule(m: BModule);
 var
   cfile, cfilenoext: string;
-  m: BModule;
   code: PRope;
+begin
+  // generate code for the init statements of the module:
+  genInitCode(m);
+  finishTypeDescriptions(m);
+  
+  cfile := completeCFilePath(m.cfilename);
+  cfilenoext := changeFileExt(cfile, '');
+  if sfMainModule in m.module.flags then begin
+    // generate main file:
+    app(m.s[cfsProcHeaders], mainModProcs);
+  end;
+  code := genModule(m, cfilenoext);
+  if shouldRecompile(code, changeFileExt(cfile, cExt), cfilenoext) then begin
+    addFileToCompile(cfilenoext);
+  end;
+  addFileToLink(cfilenoext);
+  if sfMainModule in m.module.flags then writeMapping(cfile, gMapping);
+end;
+
+function myClose(b: PPassContext; n: PNode): PNode;
+var
+  m: BModule;
+  i: int;
 begin
   result := n;
   if b = nil then exit;
@@ -803,22 +929,24 @@ begin
     m.initProc.options := gOptions;
     genStmts(m.initProc, n);
   end;
-  // generate code for the init statements of the module:
+  registerModuleToMain(m.module);
-  genInitCode(m);
+  if not (optDeadCodeElim in gGlobalOptions) and 
-  finishTypeDescriptions(m);
+      not (sfDeadCodeElim in m.module.flags) then
-  cfile := completeCFilePath(m.cfilename);
+    finishModule(m);
-  cfilenoext := changeFileExt(cfile, '');
   if sfMainModule in m.module.flags then begin
-    // generate main file:
-    app(m.s[cfsProcHeaders], mainModProcs);
     genMainProc(m);
+    // we need to process the transitive closure because recursive module
+    // deps are allowed (and the system module is processed in the wrong
+    // order anyway)
+    while gForwardedProcsCounter > 0 do
+      for i := 0 to high(gPendingModules) do
+        finishModule(gPendingModules[i]);
+    for i := 0 to high(gPendingModules) do writeModule(gPendingModules[i]);
+    setLength(gPendingModules, 0);
   end;
-  code := genModule(m, cfilenoext);
+  if not (optDeadCodeElim in gGlobalOptions) and 
-  if shouldRecompile(code, changeFileExt(cfile, cExt), cfilenoext) then begin
+      not (sfDeadCodeElim in m.module.flags) then
-    addFileToCompile(cfilenoext); // is to compile
+    writeModule(m);
-  end;
-  addFileToLink(cfilenoext);
-  if sfMainModule in m.module.flags then writeMapping(cfile, gMapping);
 end;
 
 function cgenPass(): TPass;
@@ -832,4 +960,5 @@ end;
 
 initialization
   InitIiTable(gToTypeInfoId);
+  IntSetInit(gGeneratedSyms);
 end.

nim/commands.pas

@@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ const
 {$ifdef fpc}
   compileDate = {$I %date%};
 {$else}
-  compileDate = '2008-0-0';
+  compileDate = '2009-0-0';
 {$endif}
 {@emit}
 
 const
   HelpMessage = 'Nimrod Compiler Version $1 (' +{&}
     compileDate +{&} ') [$2: $3]' +{&} nl +{&}
-    'Copyright (c) 2004-2008 by Andreas Rumpf' +{&} nl;
+    'Copyright (c) 2004-2009 by Andreas Rumpf' +{&} nl;
 
 const
   Usage = ''
@@ -82,6 +82,7 @@ const
 +{&} '  --bound_checks:on|off     code generation for bound checks ON|OFF' +{&} nl
 +{&} '  --overflow_checks:on|off  code generation for over-/underflow checks ON|OFF' +{&} nl
 +{&} '  -a, --assertions:on|off   code generation for assertions ON|OFF' +{&} nl
++{&} '  --dead_code_elim:on|off   whole program dead code elimination ON|OFF' +{&} nl
 +{&} '  --opt:none|speed|size     optimize not at all or for speed|size' +{&} nl
 +{&} '  --app:console|gui|lib     generate a console|GUI application or a shared lib' +{&} nl
 +{&} '  -r, --run                 run the compiled program with given arguments' +{&} nl
@@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ const
 //  cog.outl(f(line))
 //]]]
 +{&} 'Advanced commands::' +{&} nl
-+{&} '  pas                       convert a Pascal file to Nimrod standard syntax' +{&} nl
++{&} '  pas                       convert a Pascal file to Nimrod syntax' +{&} nl
 +{&} '  pretty                    pretty print the inputfile' +{&} nl
 +{&} '  gen_depend                generate a DOT file containing the' +{&} nl
 +{&} '                            module dependency graph' +{&} nl
@@ -135,8 +136,8 @@ const
 
 function getCommandLineDesc: string;
 begin
-  result := format(HelpMessage, [VersionAsString, platform.os[hostOS].name,
+  result := format(HelpMessage, [VersionAsString, 
-    cpu[hostCPU].name]) +{&} Usage
+    platform.os[platform.hostOS].name, cpu[platform.hostCPU].name]) +{&} Usage
 end;
 
 var
@@ -157,8 +158,10 @@ procedure writeAdvancedUsage(pass: TCmdLinePass);
 begin
   if (pass = passCmd1) and not advHelpWritten then begin
     // BUGFIX 19
-    MessageOut(format(HelpMessage, [VersionAsString, platform.os[hostOS].name,
+    MessageOut(format(HelpMessage, [VersionAsString, 
-                                    cpu[hostCPU].name]) +{&} AdvancedUsage);
+                                    platform.os[platform.hostOS].name,
+                                    cpu[platform.hostCPU].name]) +{&}
+                                    AdvancedUsage);
     advHelpWritten := true;
     helpWritten := true;
     halt(0);
@@ -170,8 +173,9 @@ begin
   if (pass = passCmd1) and not versionWritten then begin
     versionWritten := true;
     helpWritten := true;
-    messageOut(format(HelpMessage, [VersionAsString, platform.os[hostOS].name,
+    messageOut(format(HelpMessage, [VersionAsString, 
-                      cpu[hostCPU].name]))
+                                    platform.os[platform.hostOS].name,
+                                    cpu[platform.hostCPU].name]))
   end
 end;
 
@@ -388,6 +392,7 @@ begin
     wOverflowChecks: ProcessOnOffSwitch({@set}[optOverflowCheck], arg, pass, info);
     wLineDir: ProcessOnOffSwitch({@set}[optLineDir], arg, pass, info);
     wAssertions, wA: ProcessOnOffSwitch({@set}[optAssert], arg, pass, info);
+    wDeadCodeElim: ProcessOnOffSwitchG({@set}[optDeadCodeElim], arg, pass, info);
     wOpt: begin
       case whichKeyword(arg) of
         wSpeed: begin
@@ -453,7 +458,7 @@ begin
         theOS := platform.NameToOS(arg);
         if theOS = osNone then
           liMessage(info, errUnknownOS, arg);
-        if theOS <> hostOS then begin
+        if theOS <> platform.hostOS then begin
           setTarget(theOS, targetCPU);
           include(gGlobalOptions, optCompileOnly);
           condsyms.InitDefines()
@@ -465,7 +470,7 @@ begin
         cpu := platform.NameToCPU(arg);
         if cpu = cpuNone then
           liMessage(info, errUnknownCPU, arg);
-        if cpu <> hostCPU then begin
+        if cpu <> platform.hostCPU then begin
           setTarget(targetOS, cpu);
           include(gGlobalOptions, optCompileOnly);
           condsyms.InitDefines()

nim/docgen.pas

@@ -218,8 +218,6 @@ begin
 end;
 
 function nextSplitPoint(const s: string; start: int): int;
-var
-  i: int;
 begin
   result := start;
   while result < length(s)+strStart do begin
@@ -393,7 +391,8 @@ begin
   fillChar(r, sizeof(r), 0);
 {@emit}
   comm := genRecComment(d, n); // call this here for the side-effect!
-  initTokRender(r, n, {@set}[renderNoPragmas, renderNoBody]);
+  initTokRender(r, n, {@set}[renderNoPragmas, renderNoBody, renderNoComments,
+                             renderDocComments]);
   while true do begin
     getNextTok(r, kind, literal);
     case kind of
@@ -661,21 +660,26 @@ begin
     result := ropef('<ul class="simple">$1</ul>', [result]);
 end;
 
+function fieldAux(const s: string): PRope;
+begin
+  result := toRope(strip(s))
+end;
+
 function renderImage(d: PDoc; n: PRstNode): PRope;
 var
   s: string;
 begin
   result := ropef('<img src="$1"', [toRope(getArgument(n))]);
   s := getFieldValue(n, 'height');
-  if s <> '' then appf(result, ' height="$1"', [toRope(s)]);
+  if s <> '' then appf(result, ' height="$1"', [fieldAux(s)]);
   s := getFieldValue(n, 'width');
-  if s <> '' then appf(result, ' width="$1"', [toRope(s)]);
+  if s <> '' then appf(result, ' width="$1"', [fieldAux(s)]);
   s := getFieldValue(n, 'scale');
-  if s <> '' then appf(result, ' scale="$1"', [toRope(s)]);
+  if s <> '' then appf(result, ' scale="$1"', [fieldAux(s)]);
   s := getFieldValue(n, 'alt');
-  if s <> '' then appf(result, ' alt="$1"', [toRope(s)]);
+  if s <> '' then appf(result, ' alt="$1"', [fieldAux(s)]);
   s := getFieldValue(n, 'align');
-  if s <> '' then appf(result, ' align="$1"', [toRope(s)]);
+  if s <> '' then appf(result, ' align="$1"', [fieldAux(s)]);
   app(result, ' />');
   if rsonsLen(n) >= 3 then app(result, renderRstToHtml(d, n.sons[2]))
 end;
@@ -863,14 +867,17 @@ begin
     nkConverterDef: genItem(d, n, n.sons[namePos], skConverter);
     nkVarSection: begin
       for i := 0 to sonsLen(n)-1 do
+        if n.sons[i].kind <> nkCommentStmt then
           genItem(d, n.sons[i], n.sons[i].sons[0], skVar);
     end;
     nkConstSection: begin
       for i := 0 to sonsLen(n)-1 do
+        if n.sons[i].kind <> nkCommentStmt then
           genItem(d, n.sons[i], n.sons[i].sons[0], skConst);
     end;
     nkTypeSection: begin
       for i := 0 to sonsLen(n)-1 do
+        if n.sons[i].kind <> nkCommentStmt then
           genItem(d, n.sons[i], n.sons[i].sons[0], skType);
     end;
     nkStmtList: begin

nim/ecmasgen.pas

@@ -896,7 +896,8 @@ begin
       or (skipGeneric(y.typ).kind in [tyRef, tyPtr, tyVar])
 end;
 
-procedure genAsgnAux(var p: TProc; x, y: PNode; var r: TCompRes);
+procedure genAsgnAux(var p: TProc; x, y: PNode; var r: TCompRes;
+                     noCopyNeeded: bool);
 var
   a, b: TCompRes;
 begin
@@ -906,7 +907,7 @@ begin
     etyObject: begin
       if a.com <> nil then appf(r.com, '$1;$n', [a.com]);
       if b.com <> nil then appf(r.com, '$1;$n', [b.com]);
-      if needsNoCopy(y) then
+      if needsNoCopy(y) or noCopyNeeded then
         appf(r.com, '$1 = $2;$n', [a.res, b.res])
       else begin
         useMagic(p, 'NimCopy');
@@ -930,7 +931,13 @@ end;
 procedure genAsgn(var p: TProc; n: PNode; var r: TCompRes);
 begin
   genLineDir(p, n, r);
-  genAsgnAux(p, n.sons[0], n.sons[1], r);
+  genAsgnAux(p, n.sons[0], n.sons[1], r, false);
+end;
+
+procedure genFastAsgn(var p: TProc; n: PNode; var r: TCompRes);
+begin
+  genLineDir(p, n, r);
+  genAsgnAux(p, n.sons[0], n.sons[1], r, true);
 end;
 
 procedure genSwap(var p: TProc; n: PNode; var r: TCompRes);
@@ -1692,6 +1699,7 @@ begin
     nkReturnStmt:  genReturnStmt(p, n, r);
     nkBreakStmt:   genBreakStmt(p, n, r);
     nkAsgn:        genAsgn(p, n, r);
+    nkFastAsgn:    genFastAsgn(p, n, r);
     nkDiscardStmt: begin
       genLineDir(p, n, r);
       gen(p, n.sons[0], r);

nim/evals.pas

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ type
   TStackFrame = record
     mapping: TIdNodeTable; // mapping from symbols to nodes
     prc: PSym;        // current prc; proc that is evaluated
-    call: PNode;    // current for stmt
+    call: PNode;
     next: PStackFrame;   // for stacking
     params: TNodeSeq;  // parameters passed to the proc
   end;
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ begin
     inc(i)
   end;
   if (i < len) and (sonsLen(n.sons[i]) < 2) then // eval else-part
-    result := evalAux(c, n.sons[0])
+    result := evalAux(c, n.sons[i].sons[0])
   else
     result := emptyNode
 end;
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ begin
     nkDerefExpr, nkHiddenDeref: result := evalDeref(c, n);
     nkAddr, nkHiddenAddr: result := evalAddr(c, n);
     nkHiddenStdConv, nkHiddenSubConv, nkConv: result := evalConv(c, n);
-    nkAsgn: result := evalAsgn(c, n);
+    nkAsgn, nkFastAsgn: result := evalAsgn(c, n);
     nkWhenStmt, nkIfStmt, nkIfExpr: result := evalIf(c, n);
     nkWhileStmt: result := evalWhile(c, n);
     nkCaseStmt: result := evalCase(c, n);
@@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ begin
     nkTemplateDef, nkConstSection, nkIteratorDef, nkConverterDef,
     nkIncludeStmt, nkImportStmt, nkFromStmt: begin end;
     nkIdentDefs, nkCast, nkYieldStmt, nkAsmStmt, nkForStmt, nkPragmaExpr,
-    nkQualified, nkLambda, nkContinueStmt:
+    nkQualified, nkLambda, nkContinueStmt, nkIdent:
       stackTrace(c, n, errCannotInterpretNodeX, nodeKindToStr[n.kind]);
     else InternalError(n.info, 'evalAux: ' + nodekindToStr[n.kind]);
   end;

nim/extccomp.pas

@@ -343,17 +343,11 @@ begin
   result := ccNone
 end;
 
-
-procedure addStr(var dest: string; const src: string);
-begin
-  dest := dest +{&} src;
-end;
-
 procedure addOpt(var dest: string; const src: string);
 begin
   if (length(dest) = 0) or (dest[length(dest)-1+strStart] <> ' ') then
-    addStr(dest, ' '+'');
+    add(dest, ' '+'');
-  addStr(dest, src);
+  add(dest, src);
 end;
 
 procedure addCompileOption(const option: string);
@@ -473,40 +467,52 @@ begin
   key := cc[c].name + '.exe';
   if existsConfigVar(key) then
     exe := getConfigVar(key);
+  if targetOS = osWindows then exe := appendFileExt(exe, 'exe');
 
   if (optGenDynLib in gGlobalOptions)
   and (ospNeedsPIC in platform.OS[targetOS].props) then
-    addStr(options, ' ' + cc[c].pic);
+    add(options, ' ' + cc[c].pic);
 
-  if targetOS = hostOS then begin
+  if targetOS = platform.hostOS then begin
     // compute include paths:
     includeCmd := cc[c].includeCmd; // this is more complex than needed, but
     // a workaround of a FPC bug...
-    addStr(includeCmd, libpath);
+    add(includeCmd, quoteIfContainsWhite(libpath));
-    compilePattern := quoteIfSpaceExists(JoinPath(ccompilerpath, exe));
+    compilePattern := JoinPath(ccompilerpath, exe);
   end
   else begin
     includeCmd := '';
     compilePattern := cc[c].compilerExe
   end;
-  if targetOS = hostOS then
+  if targetOS = platform.hostOS then
     cfile := cfilename
   else
     cfile := extractFileName(cfilename);
 
-  if not isExternal or (targetOS <> hostOS) then
+  if not isExternal or (targetOS <> platform.hostOS) then
     objfile := toObjFile(cfile)
   else
     objfile := completeCFilePath(toObjFile(cfile));
+  cfile := quoteIfContainsWhite(AppendFileExt(cfile, cExt));
+  objfile := quoteIfContainsWhite(objfile);
   
-  result := format(compilePattern +{&} ' ' +{&} cc[c].compileTmpl,
+  result := quoteIfContainsWhite(format(compilePattern,
-    ['file', AppendFileExt(cfile, cExt),
+    ['file', cfile,
      'objfile', objfile,
      'options', options,
      'include', includeCmd,
      'nimrod', getPrefixDir(),
      'lib', libpath
-    ]);
+    ]));
+  add(result, ' ');
+  add(result, format(cc[c].compileTmpl,
+    ['file', cfile,
+     'objfile', objfile,
+     'options', options,
+     'include', includeCmd,
+     'nimrod', quoteIfContainsWhite(getPrefixDir()),
+     'lib', quoteIfContainsWhite(libpath)
+    ]));
 end;
 
 procedure CompileCFile(const list: TLinkedList;
@@ -551,11 +557,12 @@ begin
     // call the linker:
     linkerExe := getConfigVar(cc[c].name + '.linkerexe');
     if length(linkerExe) = 0 then linkerExe := cc[c].linkerExe;
+    if targetOS = osWindows then linkerExe := appendFileExt(linkerExe, 'exe');
 
-    if (hostOS <> targetOS) then
+    if (platform.hostOS <> targetOS) then
-      linkCmd := linkerExe
+      linkCmd := quoteIfContainsWhite(linkerExe)
     else
-      linkCmd := quoteIfSpaceExists(JoinPath(ccompilerpath, linkerExe));
+      linkCmd := quoteIfContainsWhite(JoinPath(ccompilerpath, linkerExe));
 
     if optGenDynLib in gGlobalOptions then
       buildDll := cc[c].buildDll
@@ -570,27 +577,29 @@ begin
       exefile := platform.os[targetOS].dllPrefix
     else
       exefile := '';
-    if targetOS = hostOS then
+    if targetOS = platform.hostOS then
-      addStr(exefile, projectFile)
+      add(exefile, projectFile)
     else
-      addStr(exefile, extractFileName(projectFile));
+      add(exefile, extractFileName(projectFile));
     if optGenDynLib in gGlobalOptions then
-      addStr(exefile, platform.os[targetOS].dllExt)
+      add(exefile, platform.os[targetOS].dllExt)
     else
-      addStr(exefile, platform.os[targetOS].exeExt);
+      add(exefile, platform.os[targetOS].exeExt);
+    exefile := quoteIfContainsWhite(exefile);
 
     it := PStrEntry(toLink.head);
     objfiles := '';
     while it <> nil do begin
-      addStr(objfiles, ' '+'');
+      add(objfiles, ' '+'');
-      if targetOS = hostOS then
+      if targetOS = platform.hostOS then
-        addStr(objfiles, toObjfile(it.data))
+        add(objfiles, quoteIfContainsWhite(toObjfile(it.data)))
       else
-        addStr(objfiles, toObjfile(extractFileName(it.data)));
+        add(objfiles, quoteIfContainsWhite(
+                            toObjfile(extractFileName(it.data))));
       it := PStrEntry(it.next);
     end;
 
-    linkCmd := format(linkCmd +{&} ' ' +{&} cc[c].linkTmpl, [
+    linkCmd := quoteIfContainsWhite(format(linkCmd, [
       'builddll', builddll,
       'buildgui', buildgui,
       'options', linkOptions,
@@ -598,7 +607,18 @@ begin
       'exefile', exefile,
       'nimrod', getPrefixDir(),
       'lib', libpath
-    ]);
+    ]));
+    add(linkCmd, ' ');
+    add(linkCmd, format(cc[c].linkTmpl, [
+      'builddll', builddll,
+      'buildgui', buildgui,
+      'options', linkOptions,
+      'objfiles', objfiles,
+      'exefile', exefile,
+      'nimrod', quoteIfContainsWhite(getPrefixDir()),
+      'lib', quoteIfContainsWhite(libpath)
+    ]));
+
     if not (optCompileOnly in gGlobalOptions) then
       execExternalProgram(linkCmd);
   end // end if not noLinking

nim/hashes.pas

@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ begin
   result := x -{%} 1;
   // complicated, to make it a nop if sizeof(int) == 4,
   // because shifting more than 31 bits is undefined in C
-  result := result or (result shr ((sizeof(int)-4)* 32));
+  result := result or (result shr ((sizeof(int)-4)* 8));
   result := result or (result shr 16);
   result := result or (result shr 8);
   result := result or (result shr 4);

nim/lexbase.pas

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ function getCurrentLine(const L: TBaseLexer; marker: boolean = true): string;
 function getColNumber(const L: TBaseLexer; pos: int): int;
 
 function HandleCR(var L: TBaseLexer; pos: int): int;
-// Call this if you scanned over CR in the buffer; it returns the the
+// Call this if you scanned over CR in the buffer; it returns the
 // position to continue the scanning from. `pos` must be the position
 // of the CR.
 
@@ -211,8 +211,7 @@ end;
 
 function getColNumber(const L: TBaseLexer; pos: int): int;
 begin
-  result := pos - L.lineStart;
+  result := abs(pos - L.lineStart);
-  assert(result >= 0);
 end;
 
 function getCurrentLine(const L: TBaseLexer; marker: boolean = true): string;

nim/magicsys.pas

@@ -96,9 +96,10 @@ begin
   result := StrTableGet(compilerprocs, ident);
   if result = nil then begin
     result := StrTableGet(rodCompilerProcs, ident);
-    if result = nil then rawMessage(errSystemNeeds, name);
+    if result <> nil then begin 
       strTableAdd(compilerprocs, result);
       if result.kind = skStub then loadStub(result);
+    end;
     // A bit hacky that this code is needed here, but it is the easiest 
     // solution in order to avoid special cases for sfCompilerProc in the
     // rodgen module. Another solution would be to always recompile the system

nim/msgs.pas

@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ type
     errSelectorMustBeOrdinal,
     errOrdXMustNotBeNegative,
     errLenXinvalid,
-    errWrongNumberOfLoopVariables,
+    errWrongNumberOfVariables,
     errExprCannotBeRaised,
     errBreakOnlyInLoop,
     errTypeXhasUnknownSize,
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ const
     'selector must be of an ordinal type',
     'ord($1) must not be negative',
     'len($1) must be less than 32768',
-    'wrong number of loop variables',
+    'wrong number of variables',
     'only objects can be raised',
     '''break'' only allowed in loop construct',
     'type ''$1'' has unknown size',

nim/nimrod.pas

@@ -93,7 +93,8 @@ begin
     }
     end;
     if optRun in gGlobalOptions then
-      execExternalProgram(changeFileExt(filename, '') +{&} ' ' +{&} arguments)
+      execExternalProgram(quoteIfContainsWhite(changeFileExt(filename, '')) +{&}
+                         ' ' +{&} arguments)
   end
 end;
 

nim/nos.pas

@@ -35,9 +35,11 @@ const
 {$ifdef mswindows}
   dirsep = '\'; // seperator within paths
   altsep = '/';
+  exeExt = 'exe';
 {$else}
   dirsep = '/';
   altsep = #0; // work around fpc bug
+  exeExt = '';
 {$endif}
   pathSep = ';'; // seperator between paths
   sep = dirsep; // alternative name

nim/nsystem.pas

@@ -149,8 +149,12 @@ function subU(a, b: biggestInt): biggestInt;
 function mulU(a, b: biggestInt): biggestInt;
 function divU(a, b: biggestInt): biggestInt;
 function modU(a, b: biggestInt): biggestInt;
-function shlU(a, b: biggestInt): biggestInt;
+function shlU(a, b: biggestInt): biggestInt; overload;
-function shrU(a, b: biggestInt): biggestInt;
+function shrU(a, b: biggestInt): biggestInt; overload;
+
+function shlU(a, b: Int32): Int32;overload;
+function shrU(a, b: int32): int32;overload;
+
 function ltU(a, b: biggestInt): bool;
 function leU(a, b: biggestInt): bool;
 
@@ -281,6 +285,16 @@ begin
   result := biggestInt(biggestUInt(a) shr biggestUInt(b));
 end;
 
+function shlU(a, b: Int32): Int32;
+begin
+  result := Int32(UInt32(a) shl UInt32(b));
+end;
+
+function shrU(a, b: int32): int32;
+begin
+  result := Int32(UInt32(a) shr UInt32(b));
+end;
+
 function ltU(a, b: biggestInt): bool;
 begin
   result := biggestUInt(a) < biggestUInt(b);

nim/nversion.pas

@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ const
   //cog.outl('VersionMinor = %s;' % ver[1])
   //cog.outl('VersionPatch = %s;' % ver[2])
   //]]]
-  VersionAsString = '0.7.2';
+  VersionAsString = '0.7.4';
   VersionMajor = 0;
   VersionMinor = 7;
-  VersionPatch = 2;
+  VersionPatch = 4;
   //[[[[end]]]]
 
 implementation

nim/optast.pas

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-//
-//
-//           The Nimrod Compiler
-//        (c) Copyright 2008 Andreas Rumpf
-//
-//    See the file "copying.txt", included in this
-//    distribution, for details about the copyright.
-//
-
-unit optast;
-
-// Optimizations that can be done by AST transformations. The code generators
-// should work without the optimizer. The optimizer does the following:
-
-// - cross-module constant merging
-// - cross-module generic merging
-// - lowers set operations to bit operations
-// - inlining of procs
-// - ``s == ""`` --> ``len(s) == 0``
-// - optimization of ``&`` string operator
-
-interface
-
-{$include 'config.inc'}
-
-uses
-  nsystem, ast, astalgo, strutils, hashes, trees, treetab, platform, magicsys,
-  options, msgs, crc, idents, lists, types, ropes, nmath, wordrecg, rnimsyn;
-  
-implementation
-
-
-end.
-

nim/options.pas

@@ -201,6 +201,12 @@ begin
   if startsWith(dir, prefix) then begin
     result := ncopy(dir, length(prefix) + strStart); exit
   end;
+  prefix := projectPath +{&} dirSep;
+  //writeln(output, prefix);
+  //writeln(output, dir);
+  if startsWith(dir, prefix) then begin
+    result := ncopy(dir, length(prefix) + strStart); exit
+  end;
   result := dir
 end;
 
@@ -209,7 +215,7 @@ var
   head, tail: string;
 begin
   splitPath(path, head, tail);
-  result := joinPath([projectPath, genSubDir, shortenDir(head), 
+  result := joinPath([projectPath, genSubDir, shortenDir(head +{&} dirSep), 
                       changeFileExt(tail, ext)])
 end;
 
@@ -219,9 +225,11 @@ var
   head, tail, subdir: string;
 begin
   splitPath(f, head, tail);
-  subdir := joinPath([projectPath, genSubDir, shortenDir(head)]);
+  subdir := joinPath([projectPath, genSubDir, shortenDir(head +{&} dirSep)]);
-  if createSubDir then
+  if createSubDir then begin
+    //Writeln(output, subdir);
     createDir(subdir);
+  end;
   result := joinPath(subdir, tail)
 end;
 

nim/parseopt.pas

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ begin
   else begin
     result.cmd := '';
     for i := 1 to ParamCount() do
-      result.cmd := result.cmd +{&} quoteIfSpaceExists(paramStr(i)) +{&} ' ';
+      result.cmd := result.cmd +{&} quoteIfContainsWhite(paramStr(i)) +{&} ' ';
   {@ignore}
     result.cmd := result.cmd + #0;
   {@emit}

nim/passaux.pas

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ unit passaux;
 interface
 
 uses
-  nsystem, strutils, ast, passes, msgs, options;
+  nsystem, strutils, ast, astalgo, passes, msgs, options;
 
 function verbosePass: TPass;
 function cleanupPass: TPass;
@@ -50,6 +50,8 @@ var
   s: PSym;
 begin
   result := n;
+  // we cannot clean up if dead code elimination is activated
+  if (optDeadCodeElim in gGlobalOptions) then exit;
   case n.kind of
     nkStmtList: begin
       for i := 0 to sonsLen(n)-1 do {@discard} cleanup(c, n.sons[i]);
@@ -57,7 +59,8 @@ begin
     nkProcDef: begin
       if (n.sons[namePos].kind = nkSym) then begin
         s := n.sons[namePos].sym;
-        if not astNeeded(s) then s.ast.sons[codePos] := nil; // free the memory
+        if not (sfDeadCodeElim in getModule(s).flags) and
+           not astNeeded(s) then s.ast.sons[codePos] := nil; // free the memory
       end
     end
     else begin end;

nim/platform.pas

@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ uses
 
 type
   TSystemOS = (
-    // Also add OS for in initialization section and alias conditionals to
+    // Also add OS in initialization section and alias conditionals to
     // condsyms (end of module).
     osNone,
     osDos,

nim/pnimsyn.pas

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 unit pnimsyn;
 
 // This module implements the parser of the standard Nimrod representation.
-// The parser is strictly reflects the grammar ("doc/grammar.txt"); however
+// The parser strictly reflects the grammar ("doc/grammar.txt"); however
 // it uses several helper routines to keep the parser small. A special
 // efficient algorithm is used for the precedence levels. The parser here can
 // be seen as a refinement of the grammar, as it specifies how the AST is build
@@ -98,15 +98,21 @@ end;
 
 // ---------------- parser helpers --------------------------------------------
 
+procedure parMessage(const p: TParser; const msg: TMsgKind;
+                     const arg: string = '');
+begin
+  lexMessage(p.lex^, msg, arg);
+end;
+
 procedure skipComment(var p: TParser; node: PNode);
 begin
   if p.tok.tokType = tkComment then begin
     if node <> nil then begin
       if node.comment = snil then node.comment := '';
-      node.comment := node.comment +{&} p.tok.literal;
+      add(node.comment, p.tok.literal);
     end
     else
-      assert(false);
+      parMessage(p, errInternal, 'skipComment');
     getTok(p);
   end
 end;
@@ -116,6 +122,11 @@ begin
   if p.tok.tokType = tkInd then getTok(p)
 end;
 
+procedure optSad(var p: TParser);
+begin
+  if p.tok.tokType = tkSad then getTok(p)
+end;
+
 procedure optInd(var p: TParser; n: PNode);
 begin
   skipComment(p, n);
@@ -146,12 +157,6 @@ begin
   else lexMessage(p.lex^, errTokenExpected, TokTypeToStr[tokType])
 end;
 
-procedure parMessage(const p: TParser; const msg: TMsgKind;
-                     const arg: string = '');
-begin
-  lexMessage(p.lex^, msg, arg);
-end;
-
 function parLineInfo(const p: TParser): TLineInfo;
 begin
   result := getLineInfo(p.lex^)
@@ -385,7 +390,7 @@ begin
           result := newNodeP(nkExprEqExpr, p);
           addSon(result, a);
           getTok(p);
-          optInd(p, result);
+          //optInd(p, result);
           case p.tok.tokType of
             tkVar, tkRef, tkPtr, tkProc:
               addSon(result, parseTypeDescK(p));
@@ -413,21 +418,16 @@ begin
   addSon(result, first);
   getTok(p);
   optInd(p, result);
-  while true do begin
+  while (p.tok.tokType <> tkBracketRi) and (p.tok.tokType <> tkEof)
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkBracketRi then begin
+  and (p.tok.tokType <> tkSad) do begin
-      getTok(p); break
-    end;
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkEof then begin
-      parMessage(p, errTokenExpected, TokTypeToStr[tkBracketRi]); break
-    end;
     a := namedTypeOrExpr(p);
-    optInd(p, a);
+    addSon(result, a);
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
+    if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
     getTok(p);
     optInd(p, a)
   end;
-    addSon(result, a);
+  optSad(p);
-  end;
+  eat(p, tkBracketRi);
 end;
 
 function exprColonEqExpr(var p: TParser; kind: TNodeKind;
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ begin
   if p.tok.tokType = tok then begin
     result := newNodeP(kind, p);
     getTok(p);
-    optInd(p, result);
+    //optInd(p, result);
     addSon(result, a);
     addSon(result, parseExpr(p));
   end
@@ -454,21 +454,14 @@ var
 begin
   getTok(p);
   optInd(p, result);
-  while true do begin
+  while (p.tok.tokType <> endTok) and (p.tok.tokType <> tkEof) do begin
-    if p.tok.tokType = endTok then begin
-      getTok(p); break
-    end;
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkEof then begin
-      parMessage(p, errTokenExpected, TokTypeToStr[endtok]); break
-    end;
     a := exprColonEqExpr(p, elemKind, sepTok);
-    optInd(p, a);
+    addSon(result, a);
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
+    if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
     getTok(p);
     optInd(p, a)
   end;
-    addSon(result, a);
+  eat(p, endTok);
-  end;
 end;
 
 function qualifiedIdent(var p: TParser): PNode;
@@ -476,7 +469,7 @@ var
   a: PNode;
 begin
   result := parseSymbol(p);
-  optInd(p, result);
+  //optInd(p, result);
   if p.tok.tokType = tkDot then begin
     getTok(p);
     optInd(p, result);
@@ -494,28 +487,41 @@ var
 begin
   getTok(p);
   optInd(p, result);
-  while true do begin
+  while (p.tok.tokType <> endTok) and (p.tok.tokType <> tkEof) do begin
-    if p.tok.tokType = endTok then begin
-      getTok(p); break
-    end;
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkEof then begin
-      parMessage(p, errTokenExpected, TokTypeToStr[endtok]); break
-    end;
     a := qualifiedIdent(p);
-    optInd(p, a);
+    addSon(result, a);
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
+    //optInd(p, a);
+    if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
     getTok(p);
     optInd(p, a)
   end;
+  eat(p, endTok);
+end;
+
+procedure exprColonEqExprListAux(var p: TParser; elemKind: TNodeKind;
+                                 endTok, sepTok: TTokType; result: PNode);
+var
+  a: PNode;
+begin
+  getTok(p);
+  optInd(p, result);
+  while (p.tok.tokType <> endTok) and (p.tok.tokType <> tkEof)
+  and (p.tok.tokType <> tkSad) do begin
+    a := exprColonEqExpr(p, elemKind, sepTok);
     addSon(result, a);
+    if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
+    getTok(p);
+    optInd(p, a)
   end;
+  optSad(p);
+  eat(p, endTok);
 end;
 
 function exprColonEqExprList(var p: TParser; kind, elemKind: TNodeKind;
                              endTok, sepTok: TTokType): PNode;
 begin
   result := newNodeP(kind, p);
-  exprListAux(p, elemKind, endTok, sepTok, result);
+  exprColonEqExprListAux(p, elemKind, endTok, sepTok, result);
 end;
 
 function parseCast(var p: TParser): PNode;
@@ -525,12 +531,12 @@ begin
   eat(p, tkBracketLe);
   optInd(p, result);
   addSon(result, parseTypeDesc(p));
-  optInd(p, result);
+  optSad(p);
   eat(p, tkBracketRi);
   eat(p, tkParLe);
   optInd(p, result);
   addSon(result, parseExpr(p));
-  optInd(p, result);
+  optSad(p);
   eat(p, tkParRi);
 end;
 
@@ -541,7 +547,7 @@ begin
   eat(p, tkParLe);
   optInd(p, result);
   addSon(result, parseExpr(p));
-  optInd(p, result);
+  optSad(p);
   eat(p, tkParRi);
 end;
 
@@ -667,7 +673,7 @@ begin
         a := result;
         result := newNodeP(nkCall, p);
         addSon(result, a);
-        exprListAux(p, nkExprEqExpr, tkParRi, tkEquals, result);
+        exprColonEqExprListAux(p, nkExprEqExpr, tkParRi, tkEquals, result);
       end;
       tkDot: begin
         a := result;
@@ -709,8 +715,9 @@ begin
     opNode := newIdentNodeP(op.ident, p);
     // skip operator:
     getTok(p);
-    skipComment(p, opNode);
+    //skipComment(p, opNode);
-    skipInd(p);
+    //skipInd(p);
+    optInd(p, opNode);
 
     // read sub-expression with higher priority
     nextop := lowestExprAux(p, v2, opPred);
@@ -739,12 +746,12 @@ begin
   while true do begin
     getTok(p); // skip `if`, `elif`
     branch := newNodeP(nkElifExpr, p);
-    optInd(p, branch);
+    //optInd(p, branch);
     addSon(branch, parseExpr(p));
     eat(p, tkColon);
-    optInd(p, branch);
+    //optInd(p, branch);
     addSon(branch, parseExpr(p));
-    optInd(p, branch);
+    //optInd(p, branch);
     addSon(result, branch);
     if p.tok.tokType <> tkElif then break
   end;
@@ -770,31 +777,33 @@ var
 begin
   result := newNodeP(nkPragma, p);
   getTok(p);
-  while true do begin
+  optInd(p, result);
-    skipComment(p, result);
+  while (p.tok.tokType <> tkCurlyDotRi) and (p.tok.tokType <> tkCurlyRi)
-    skipInd(p);
+  and (p.tok.tokType <> tkEof) and (p.tok.tokType <> tkSad) do begin
-    case p.tok.TokType of
-      tkCurlyDotRi, tkCurlyRi: begin
-        getTok(p); // skip } or .}
-        break
-      end;
-      tkEof: begin
-        parMessage(p, errTokenExpected, '.}');
-        break
-      end
-      else begin
     a := exprColonEqExpr(p, nkExprColonExpr, tkColon);
     addSon(result, a);
     if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
       getTok(p);
-          skipComment(p, a)
+      optInd(p, a)
-        end
-      end
-    end
     end
+  end;
+  optSad(p);
+  if (p.tok.tokType = tkCurlyDotRi) or (p.tok.tokType = tkCurlyRi) then
+    getTok(p)
+  else
+    parMessage(p, errTokenExpected, '.}');
 end;
 
 // ---------------------- statement parser ------------------------------------
+function isExprStart(const p: TParser): bool;
+begin
+  case p.tok.tokType of
+    tkSymbol, tkAccent, tkOpr, tkNot, tkNil, tkCast, tkIf, tkLambda,
+    tkParLe, tkBracketLe, tkCurlyLe, tkIntLit..tkCharLit: result := true;
+    else result := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
 function parseExprStmt(var p: TParser): PNode;
 var
   a, b, e: PNode;
@@ -813,16 +822,16 @@ begin
     result.info := a.info;
     addSon(result, a);
     while true do begin
-      case p.tok.tokType of
+      (*case p.tok.tokType of
         tkColon, tkInd, tkSad, tkDed, tkEof, tkComment: break;
         else begin end
-      end;
+      end;*)
+      if not isExprStart(p) then break;
       e := parseExpr(p);
-      if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
-        getTok(p);
-        skipComment(p, e)
-      end;
       addSon(result, e);
+      if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
+      getTok(p);
+      optInd(p, a);
     end;
     if sonsLen(result) <= 1 then result := a
     else a := result;
@@ -897,7 +906,7 @@ begin
         break
       end;
     end;
-    optInd(p, a);
+    //optInd(p, a);
     if p.tok.tokType = tkAs then begin
       getTok(p);
       optInd(p, a);
@@ -906,12 +915,11 @@ begin
       addSon(a, b);
       addSon(a, parseSymbol(p));
     end;
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
+    addSon(result, a);
+    if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
     getTok(p);
     optInd(p, a)
   end;
-    addSon(result, a);
-  end;
 end;
 
 function parseIncludeStmt(var p: TParser): PNode;
@@ -942,13 +950,12 @@ begin
         break
       end;
     end;
-    optInd(p, a);
+    addSon(result, a);
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
+    //optInd(p, a);
+    if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
     getTok(p);
     optInd(p, a)
   end;
-    addSon(result, a);
-  end;
 end;
 
 function parseFromStmt(var p: TParser): PNode;
@@ -977,7 +984,7 @@ begin
     end
   end;
   addSon(result, a);
-  optInd(p, a);
+  //optInd(p, a);
   eat(p, tkImport);
   optInd(p, result);
   while true do begin
@@ -989,13 +996,12 @@ begin
         break
       end;
     end;
-    optInd(p, a);
+    //optInd(p, a);
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
+    addSon(result, a);
+    if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
     getTok(p);
     optInd(p, a)
   end;
-    addSon(result, a);
-  end;
 end;
 
 function parseReturnOrRaise(var p: TParser; kind: TNodeKind): PNode;
@@ -1074,6 +1080,7 @@ begin
   result := newNodeP(nkCaseStmt, p);
   getTok(p);
   addSon(result, parseExpr(p));
+  if p.tok.tokType = tkColon then getTok(p);
   skipComment(p, result);
   inElif := false;
   while true do begin
@@ -1145,22 +1152,15 @@ begin
   result := newNodeP(nkForStmt, p);
   getTok(p);
   optInd(p, result);
-  while true do begin
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkIn then begin
-      getTok(p); break
-    end;
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkEof then begin
-      parMessage(p, errTokenExpected, TokTypeToStr[tkIn]); break
-    end;
-
   a := parseSymbol(p);
-    if a = nil then break;
+  addSon(result, a);
+  while p.tok.tokType = tkComma do begin
+    getTok(p);
     optInd(p, a);
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
+    a := parseSymbol(p);
-      getTok(p); optInd(p, a)
-    end;
     addSon(result, a);    
   end;
+  eat(p, tkIn);
   addSon(result, exprColonEqExpr(p, nkRange, tkDotDot));
   eat(p, tkColon);
   skipComment(p, result);
@@ -1246,13 +1246,12 @@ begin
         if a = nil then exit;
       end
     end;
-    optInd(p, a);
+    addSon(result, a);
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
+    //optInd(p, a);
+    if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
     getTok(p);
     optInd(p, a)
   end;
-    addSon(result, a);
-  end;
   if p.tok.tokType = tkColon then begin
     getTok(p); optInd(p, result);
     addSon(result, parseTypeDesc(p));
@@ -1282,15 +1281,17 @@ begin
     while true do begin
       case p.tok.tokType of
         tkSymbol, tkAccent: a := parseIdentColonEquals(p, false);
-        tkParRi: begin getTok(p); break end;
+        tkParRi: break;
         else begin parMessage(p, errTokenExpected, ')'+''); break; end;
       end;
-      optInd(p, a);
+      //optInd(p, a);
-      if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
-        getTok(p); optInd(p, a)
-      end;
       addSon(result, a);
+      if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
+      getTok(p);
+      optInd(p, a)
     end;
+    optSad(p);
+    eat(p, tkParRi);
   end;
   if p.tok.tokType = tkColon then begin
     getTok(p);
@@ -1336,18 +1337,15 @@ begin
       getTok(p);
       eat(p, tkBracketLe);
       optInd(p, result);
-      while true do begin
+      while (p.tok.tokType = tkSymbol) or (p.tok.tokType = tkAccent) do begin
-        case p.tok.tokType of
+        a := parseIdentColonEquals(p, false);
-          tkSymbol, tkAccent: a := parseIdentColonEquals(p, false);
-          tkBracketRi: begin getTok(p); break end;
-          else begin parMessage(p, errTokenExpected, ']'+''); break; end;
-        end;
-        optInd(p, a);
-        if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
-          getTok(p); optInd(p, a)
-        end;
         addSon(result, a);        
+        if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
+        getTok(p);
+        optInd(p, a)
       end;
+      optSad(p);
+      eat(p, tkBracketRi);
     end;
     else begin
       InternalError(parLineInfo(p), 'pnimsyn.parseTypeDescK');
@@ -1389,18 +1387,15 @@ begin
   result := newNodeP(nkGenericParams, p);
   getTok(p);
   optInd(p, result);
-  while true do begin
+  while (p.tok.tokType = tkSymbol) or (p.tok.tokType = tkAccent) do begin
-    case p.tok.tokType of
+    a := parseGenericParam(p);
-      tkSymbol, tkAccent: a := parseGenericParam(p);
-      tkBracketRi: begin getTok(p); break end;
-      else begin parMessage(p, errTokenExpected, ']'+''); break; end;
-    end;
-    optInd(p, a);
-    if p.tok.tokType = tkComma then begin
-      getTok(p); optInd(p, a)
-    end;
     addSon(result, a);
+    if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
+    getTok(p);
+    optInd(p, a)
   end;
+  optSad(p);
+  eat(p, tkBracketRi);
 end;
 
 function parseRoutine(var p: TParser; kind: TNodeKind): PNode;
@@ -1484,7 +1479,8 @@ begin
             break
           end
         end
-      end
+      end;
+      popInd(p.lex^);
     end;
     tkSymbol, tkAccent: addSon(result, defparser(p));
     else parMessage(p, errIdentifierExpected, tokToStr(p.tok));
@@ -1628,7 +1624,8 @@ begin
             break
           end
         end
-      end
+      end;
+      popInd(p.lex^);
     end;
     tkWhen: result := parseRecordWhen(p);
     tkCase: result := parseRecordCase(p);
@@ -1688,8 +1685,33 @@ begin
   indAndComment(p, result); // special extension!
 end;
 
+function parseVarTuple(var p: TParser): PNode;
+var
+  a: PNode;
+begin
+  result := newNodeP(nkVarTuple, p);
+  getTok(p); // skip '('
+  optInd(p, result);
+  while (p.tok.tokType = tkSymbol) or (p.tok.tokType = tkAccent) do begin
+    a := identWithPragma(p);
+    addSon(result, a);
+    if p.tok.tokType <> tkComma then break;
+    getTok(p);
+    optInd(p, a)
+  end;
+  addSon(result, nil); // no type desc
+  optSad(p);
+  eat(p, tkParRi);
+  eat(p, tkEquals);
+  optInd(p, result);
+  addSon(result, parseExpr(p));
+end;
+
 function parseVariable(var p: TParser): PNode;
 begin
+  if p.tok.tokType = tkParLe then 
+    result := parseVarTuple(p)
+  else
     result := parseIdentColonEquals(p, true);
   indAndComment(p, result); // special extension!
 end;
@@ -1708,9 +1730,14 @@ begin
     tkFrom: result := parseFromStmt(p);
     tkInclude: result := parseIncludeStmt(p);
     tkComment: result := newCommentStmt(p);
-    //tkSad, tkInd, tkDed: assert(false);
+    else begin
-    else result := parseExprStmt(p)
+      if isExprStart(p) then 
+        result := parseExprStmt(p)
+      else 
+        result := nil;
+    end
   end;
+  if result <> nil then
     skipComment(p, result);
 end;
 
@@ -1738,6 +1765,8 @@ begin
 end;
 
 function parseStmt(var p: TParser): PNode;
+var
+  a: PNode;
 begin
   if p.tok.tokType = tkInd then begin
     result := newNodeP(nkStmtList, p);
@@ -1748,10 +1777,15 @@ begin
         tkSad: getTok(p);
         tkEof: break;
         tkDed: begin getTok(p); break end;
-        else addSon(result, complexOrSimpleStmt(p));
+        else begin
-      end;
+          a := complexOrSimpleStmt(p);
+          if a = nil then break;
+          addSon(result, a);
         end
       end
+    end;
+    popInd(p.lex^);
+  end
   else begin
     // the case statement is only needed for better error messages:
     case p.tok.tokType of
@@ -1762,7 +1796,7 @@ begin
       end
       else begin
         result := simpleStmt(p);
-        skipComment(p, result);
+        if result = nil then parMessage(p, errExprExpected, tokToStr(p.tok));
         if p.tok.tokType = tkSad then getTok(p);
       end
     end
@@ -1770,6 +1804,8 @@ begin
 end;
 
 function parseModule(var p: TParser): PNode;
+var
+  a: PNode;
 begin
   result := newNodeP(nkStmtList, p);
   while true do begin
@@ -1777,7 +1813,11 @@ begin
       tkSad: getTok(p);
       tkDed, tkInd: parMessage(p, errInvalidIndentation);
       tkEof: break;
-      else addSon(result, complexOrSimpleStmt(p));
+      else begin
+        a := complexOrSimpleStmt(p);
+        if a = nil then parMessage(p, errExprExpected, tokToStr(p.tok));
+        addSon(result, a);
+      end
     end
   end
 end;
@@ -1795,6 +1835,7 @@ begin
       tkEof: break;
       else begin
         result := complexOrSimpleStmt(p);
+        if result = nil then parMessage(p, errExprExpected, tokToStr(p.tok));
         break
       end
     end

nim/pragmas.pas

@@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ var
   v: string;
   m: TMagic;
 begin
-  if not (sfSystemModule in c.module.flags) then
+  //if not (sfSystemModule in c.module.flags) then
-    liMessage(n.info, errMagicOnlyInSystem);
+  //  liMessage(n.info, errMagicOnlyInSystem);
   if n.kind <> nkExprColonExpr then
     liMessage(n.info, errStringLiteralExpected);
   if n.sons[1].kind = nkIdent then v := n.sons[1].ident.s
@@ -172,6 +172,19 @@ begin
     liMessage(n.info, errOnOrOffExpected)
 end;
 
+procedure pragmaDeadCodeElim(c: PContext; n: PNode); 
+begin
+  if (n.kind = nkExprColonExpr) and (n.sons[1].kind = nkIdent) then begin
+    case whichKeyword(n.sons[1].ident) of
+      wOn:  include(c.module.flags, sfDeadCodeElim);
+      wOff: exclude(c.module.flags, sfDeadCodeElim);
+      else  liMessage(n.info, errOnOrOffExpected)
+    end
+  end
+  else
+    liMessage(n.info, errOnOrOffExpected)
+end;
+
 procedure processCallConv(c: PContext; n: PNode);
 var
   sw: TSpecialWord;
@@ -466,6 +479,7 @@ begin
           wVolatile: begin noVal(it); Include(sym.flags, sfVolatile); end;
           wRegister: begin noVal(it); include(sym.flags, sfRegister); end;
           wThreadVar: begin noVal(it); include(sym.flags, sfThreadVar); end;
+          wDeadCodeElim: pragmaDeadCodeElim(c, it);
           wMagic: processMagic(c, it, sym);
           wCompileTime: begin
             noVal(it);
@@ -612,7 +626,7 @@ begin
       wHint, wWarning, wError, wFatal, wDefine, wUndef,
       wCompile, wLink, wLinkSys, wPure,
       wPush, wPop, wFixupSystem, wBreakpoint, wCheckpoint,
-      wPassL, wPassC]);
+      wPassL, wPassC, wDeadCodeElim]);
 end;
 
 procedure pragmaLambda(c: PContext; s: PSym; n: PNode);

nim/rnimsyn.pas

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ uses
 
 type
   TRenderFlag = (renderNone, renderNoBody, renderNoComments,
-                 renderNoPragmas, renderIds);
+                 renderDocComments, renderNoPragmas, renderIds);
   TRenderFlags = set of TRenderFlag;
 
   TRenderTok = record
@@ -354,12 +354,20 @@ end;
 const
   Space = ' '+'';
 
+function shouldRenderComment(var g: TSrcGen; n: PNode): bool;
+begin
+  result := false;
+  if n.comment <> snil then
+    result := not (renderNoComments in g.flags) or
+      (renderDocComments in g.flags) and startsWith(n.comment, '##');
+end;
+
 procedure gcom(var g: TSrcGen; n: PNode);
 var
   ml: int;
 begin
   assert(n <> nil);
-  if (n.comment <> snil) and not (renderNoComments in g.flags) then begin
+  if shouldRenderComment(g, n) then begin
     if (g.pendingNL < 0) and (length(g.buf) > 0)
     and (g.buf[length(g.buf)] <> ' ') then
       put(g, tkSpaces, Space);
@@ -488,7 +496,7 @@ begin
     nkAddr: result := lsub(n.sons[0])+length('addr()');
     nkHiddenAddr, nkHiddenDeref: result := lsub(n.sons[0]);
     nkCommand: result := lsub(n.sons[0])+lcomma(n, 1)+1;
-    nkExprEqExpr, nkDefaultTypeParam, nkAsgn: result := lsons(n)+3;
+    nkExprEqExpr, nkDefaultTypeParam, nkAsgn, nkFastAsgn: result := lsons(n)+3;
     nkPar, nkCurly, nkBracket: result := lcomma(n)+2;
     nkTupleTy: result := lcomma(n)+length('tuple[]');
     nkQualified, nkDotExpr: result := lsons(n)+1;
@@ -502,6 +510,7 @@ begin
       if n.sons[L-1] <> nil then
         result := result + lsub(n.sons[L-1]) + 3;
     end;
+    nkVarTuple: result := lcomma(n, 0, -3) + length('() = ') + lsub(lastSon(n));
     nkChckRangeF: result := length('chckRangeF') + 2 + lcomma(n);
     nkChckRange64: result := length('chckRange64') + 2 + lcomma(n);
     nkChckRange: result := length('chckRange') + 2 + lcomma(n);
@@ -981,7 +990,7 @@ begin
       put(g, tkSpaces, space);
       gcomma(g, n, 1);
     end;
-    nkExprEqExpr, nkDefaultTypeParam, nkAsgn: begin
+    nkExprEqExpr, nkDefaultTypeParam, nkAsgn, nkFastAsgn: begin
       gsub(g, n.sons[0]);
       put(g, tkSpaces, Space);
       putWithSpace(g, tkEquals, '='+'');
@@ -1056,6 +1065,14 @@ begin
         gsub(g, n.sons[L-1], c)
       end;
     end;
+    nkVarTuple: begin
+      put(g, tkParLe, '('+'');
+      gcomma(g, n, 0, -3);
+      put(g, tkParRi, ')'+'');
+      put(g, tkSpaces, Space);
+      putWithSpace(g, tkEquals, '='+'');
+      gsub(g, lastSon(n), c);
+    end;
     nkExprColonExpr: begin
       gsub(g, n.sons[0]);
       putWithSpace(g, tkColon, ':'+'');
@@ -1362,11 +1379,11 @@ begin
     nkTupleTy: begin
       put(g, tkTuple, 'tuple');
       put(g, tkBracketLe, '['+'');
-      assert(n.sons[0].kind = nkIdentDefs);
       gcomma(g, n);
       put(g, tkBracketRi, ']'+'');
     end;
     else begin
+      //nkNone, nkMetaNode, nkTableConstr, nkExplicitTypeListCall: begin
       InternalError(n.info, 'rnimsyn.gsub(' +{&} nodeKindToStr[n.kind] +{&} ')')
     end
   end

nim/rodwrite.pas

@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ end;
 
 function process(c: PPassContext; n: PNode): PNode;
 var
-  i, j: int;
+  i: int;
   w: PRodWriter;
   a: PNode;
   s: PSym;

nim/ropes.pas

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ unit ropes;
   efficiently; especially concatenation is done in O(1) instead of O(N).
   Ropes make use a lazy evaluation: They are essentially concatenation
   trees that are only flattened when converting to a native Nimrod
-  string or when written to disk. The empty string is represented with a
+  string or when written to disk. The empty string is represented by a
   nil pointer.
   A little picture makes everything clear:
 
@@ -541,7 +541,6 @@ begin
   if (r.data <> snil) then begin
     if r.len > bufSize then
       // A token bigger than 1 KB? - This cannot happen in reality.
-      // Well, at least I hope so. 1 KB did happen!
       internalError('ropes: token too long');
     readBytes := readBuffer(bin, buf, r.len);
     result := (readBytes = r.len) // BUGFIX

nim/rst.pas

@@ -494,7 +494,13 @@ begin
   if n.kind = rnLeaf then begin
     for i := strStart to length(n.text)+strStart-1 do begin
       case n.text[i] of
-        'a'..'z', '0'..'9': begin
+        '0'..'9': begin
+          if b then begin addChar(r, '-'); b := false; end;
+          // BUGFIX: HTML id's cannot start with a digit
+          if length(r) = 0 then addChar(r, 'Z');
+          addChar(r, n.text[i])
+        end;
+        'a'..'z': begin
           if b then begin addChar(r, '-'); b := false; end;
           addChar(r, n.text[i])
         end;
@@ -1235,7 +1241,7 @@ begin
   result := nil;
   if (p.tok[p.idx].kind = tkIndent)
   and (p.tok[p.idx+1].symbol = ':'+'') then begin
-    col := p.tok[p.idx].col;
+    col := p.tok[p.idx].ival; // BUGFIX!
     result := newRstNode(rnFieldList);
     inc(p.idx);
     while true do begin
@@ -1252,10 +1258,10 @@ var
   i: int;
   f: PRstNode;
 begin
-  assert(n.kind = rnDirective);
   result := '';
   if n.sons[1] = nil then exit;
-  assert(n.sons[1].kind = rnFieldList);
+  if (n.sons[1].kind <> rnFieldList) then
+    InternalError('getFieldValue (2): ' + rstnodeKindToStr[n.sons[1].kind]);
   for i := 0 to rsonsLen(n.sons[1])-1 do begin
     f := n.sons[1].sons[i];
     if cmpIgnoreStyle(addNodes(f.sons[0]), fieldname) = 0 then begin

nim/scanner.pas

@@ -21,9 +21,8 @@ interface
 {$include 'config.inc'}
 
 uses
-  charsets, nsystem, sysutils,
+  charsets, nsystem, sysutils, hashes, options, msgs, strutils, platform,
-  hashes, options, msgs, strutils, platform, idents,
+  idents, lexbase, llstream, wordrecg;
-  lexbase, llstream, wordrecg;
 
 const
   MaxLineLength = 80; // lines longer than this lead to a warning
@@ -31,7 +30,7 @@ const
   numChars: TCharSet = ['0'..'9','a'..'z','A'..'Z'];
   SymChars: TCharSet = ['a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9', #128..#255];
   SymStartChars: TCharSet = ['a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', #128..#255];
-  OpChars: TCharSet = ['+', '-', '*', '/', '<', '>', '!', '?', '^', '.',
+  OpChars: TCharSet = ['+', '-', '*', '/', '\', '<', '>', '!', '?', '^', '.',
     '|', '=', '%', '&', '$', '@', '~', #128..#255];
 
 type
@@ -162,6 +161,8 @@ var
   gLinesCompiled: int; // all lines that have been compiled
 
 procedure pushInd(var L: TLexer; indent: int);
+procedure popInd(var L: TLexer);
+
 function isKeyword(kind: TTokType): boolean;
 
 procedure openLexer(out lex: TLexer; const filename: string;
@@ -206,6 +207,14 @@ begin
   //writeln('push indent ', indent);
 end;
 
+procedure popInd(var L: TLexer);
+var
+  len: int;
+begin
+  len := length(L.indentStack);
+  setLength(L.indentStack, len-1);
+end;
+
 function findIdent(const L: TLexer; indent: int): boolean;
 var
   i: int;
@@ -809,13 +818,11 @@ begin
     end;
     dec(L.dedent);
     tok.tokType := tkDed;
-    if i >= 0 then
+    if i < 0 then begin
-      setLength(L.indentStack, i+1) // pop indentations
-    else begin
       tok.tokType := tkSad; // for the parser it is better as SAD
       lexMessage(L, errInvalidIndentation);
     end
-  end;
+  end
 end;
 
 procedure scanComment(var L: TLexer; var tok: TToken);

nim/sem.pas

@@ -76,6 +76,22 @@ function semStmt(c: PContext; n: PNode): PNode; forward;
 function semConstExpr(c: PContext; n: PNode): PNode;
 var
   e: PNode;
+begin
+  e := semExprWithType(c, n);
+  if e = nil then begin
+    liMessage(n.info, errConstExprExpected);
+    result := nil; exit
+  end;
+  result := getConstExpr(c.module, e);
+  if result = nil then 
+    liMessage(n.info, errConstExprExpected);
+end;
+
+function semAndEvalConstExpr(c: PContext; n: PNode): PNode;
+var
+  e: PNode;
+  p: PEvalContext;
+  s: PStackFrame;
 begin
   e := semExprWithType(c, n);
   if e = nil then begin
@@ -85,6 +101,13 @@ begin
   result := getConstExpr(c.module, e);
   if result = nil then begin
     //writeln(output, renderTree(n));
+    p := newEvalContext(c.module, '');
+    s := newStackFrame();
+    s.call := e;
+    pushStackFrame(p, s);
+    result := eval(p, e);
+    popStackFrame(p);
+    if (result = nil) or (result.kind = nkEmpty) then
       liMessage(n.info, errConstExprExpected);
   end
 end;

nim/semdata.pas

@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ type
   PContext = ^TContext;
   TContext = object(TPassContext) // a context represents a module
     module: PSym;            // the module sym belonging to the context
+    filename: string;        // the module's filename
     tab: TSymTab;            // each module has its own symbol table
     AmbigiousSymbols: TIntSet; // contains ids of all ambigious symbols (cannot
                                // store this info in the syms themselves!)
@@ -160,6 +161,7 @@ begin
   result.module := module;
   result.generics := newNode(nkStmtList);
 {@emit result.converters := @[];}
+  result.filename := nimfile;
 end;
 
 procedure addConverter(c: PContext; conv: PSym);

nim/semexprs.pas

@@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ var
   diff: int;
 begin
   diff := inheritanceDiff(castDest, src);
-  if diff = 0 then
+  //if diff = 0 then
-    liMessage(info, hintConvToBaseNotNeeded)
+  //  liMessage(info, hintConvToBaseNotNeeded)
-  else if diff = high(int) then
+  if diff = high(int) then
     liMessage(info, errGenerated,
       format(MsgKindToString(errIllegalConvFromXtoY),
         [typeToString(src), typeToString(castDest)]));
@@ -466,11 +466,11 @@ begin
     if m.state <> csMatch then begin
       msg := msgKindToString(errTypeMismatch);
       for i := 1 to sonsLen(n)-1 do begin
-        msg := msg +{&} typeToString(n.sons[i].typ);
+        add(msg, typeToString(n.sons[i].typ));
-        if i <> sonsLen(n)-1 then msg := msg + ', ';
+        if i <> sonsLen(n)-1 then add(msg, ', ');
       end;
-      msg := msg +{&} ')' +{&} nl +{&} msgKindToString(errButExpected) +{&}
+      add(msg, ')' +{&} nl +{&} msgKindToString(errButExpected) +{&}
-             nl +{&} typeToString(n.sons[0].typ);
+             nl +{&} typeToString(n.sons[0].typ));
       liMessage(n.Info, errGenerated, msg);
       result := nil
     end
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ begin
   if s <> nil then
     result := semSym(c, n, s, flags)
   else
-    // test!
+    // this is a test comment; please don't touch it
     result := semFieldAccess(c, n, flags);
 end;
 

nim/semfold.pas

@@ -94,6 +94,25 @@ begin
   end
 end;
 
+function enumValToString(a: PNode): string;
+var
+  n: PNode;
+  field: PSym;
+  x: biggestInt;
+  i: int;
+begin
+  x := getInt(a);
+  n := a.typ.n;
+  for i := 0 to sonsLen(n)-1 do begin
+    if n.sons[i].kind <> nkSym then InternalError(a.info, 'enumValToString');
+    field := n.sons[i].sym;
+    if field.position = x then begin
+      result := field.name.s; exit
+    end;
+  end;
+  InternalError(a.info, 'no symbol for ordinal value: ' + toString(x));
+end;
+
 function evalOp(m: TMagic; n, a, b: PNode): PNode;
 // if this is an unary operation, b is nil
 begin
@@ -246,11 +265,18 @@ begin
       // available for interpretation. I don't know how to fix this.
       //result := newStrNodeT(renderTree(a, {@set}[renderNoComments]), n);      
     end;
-    mIntToStr, mInt64ToStr, mBoolToStr, mCharToStr:
+    mIntToStr, mInt64ToStr:
       result := newStrNodeT(toString(getOrdValue(a)), n);
+    mBoolToStr: begin
+      if getOrdValue(a) = 0 then
+        result := newStrNodeT('false', n)
+      else
+        result := newStrNodeT('true', n)
+    end;
     mFloatToStr: result := newStrNodeT(toStringF(getFloat(a)), n);
-    mCStrToStr: result := newStrNodeT(getStrOrChar(a), n);
+    mCStrToStr, mCharToStr: result := newStrNodeT(getStrOrChar(a), n);
     mStrToStr: result := a;
+    mEnumToStr: result := newStrNodeT(enumValToString(a), n);
     mArrToSeq: begin
       result := copyTree(a);
       result.typ := n.typ;
@@ -370,6 +396,10 @@ begin
           mNimrodMinor:   result := newIntNodeT(VersionMinor, n);
           mNimrodPatch:   result := newIntNodeT(VersionPatch, n);
           mCpuEndian:     result := newIntNodeT(ord(CPU[targetCPU].endian), n);
+          mHostOS:        
+            result := newStrNodeT(toLower(platform.OS[targetOS].name), n);
+          mHostCPU:       
+            result := newStrNodeT(toLower(platform.CPU[targetCPU].name),n);
           mNaN:           result := newFloatNodeT(NaN, n);
           mInf:           result := newFloatNodeT(Inf, n);
           mNegInf:        result := newFloatNodeT(NegInf, n);

nim/semstmts.pas

@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ begin
       a := newNodeI(nkAsgn, n.sons[0].info);
 
       n.sons[0] := fitNode(c, restype, n.sons[0]);
-      // optimize away ``return result``, because it would be transferred
+      // optimize away ``return result``, because it would be transformed
       // to ``result = result; return``:
       if (n.sons[0].kind = nkSym) and (sfResult in n.sons[0].sym.flags) then
       begin
@@ -378,14 +378,14 @@ function semVar(c: PContext; n: PNode): PNode;
 var
   i, j, len: int;
   a, b, def: PNode;
-  typ: PType;
+  typ, tup: PType;
   v: PSym;
 begin
   result := copyNode(n);
   for i := 0 to sonsLen(n)-1 do begin
     a := n.sons[i];
     if a.kind = nkCommentStmt then continue;
-    if (a.kind <> nkIdentDefs) then IllFormedAst(a);
+    if (a.kind <> nkIdentDefs) and (a.kind <> nkVarTuple) then IllFormedAst(a);
     checkMinSonsLen(a, 3);
     len := sonsLen(a);
     if a.sons[len-2] <> nil then
@@ -401,14 +401,21 @@ begin
     end
     else
       def := nil;
+    tup := skipGeneric(typ);
+    if a.kind = nkVarTuple then begin
+      if tup.kind <> tyTuple then liMessage(a.info, errXExpected, 'tuple');
+      if len-2 <> sonsLen(tup) then
+        liMessage(a.info, errWrongNumberOfVariables);
+    end;
     for j := 0 to len-3 do begin
-      if (c.p.owner = nil) then begin
+      if c.p.owner = nil then begin
         v := semIdentWithPragma(c, skVar, a.sons[j], {@set}[sfStar, sfMinus]);
         include(v.flags, sfGlobal);
       end
       else
         v := semIdentWithPragma(c, skVar, a.sons[j], {@set}[]);
-      v.typ := typ;
+      if a.kind <> nkVarTuple then v.typ := typ
+      else v.typ := tup.sons[j];
       if v.flags * [sfStar, sfMinus] <> {@set}[] then
         include(v.flags, sfInInterface);
       addInterfaceDecl(c, v);
@@ -443,7 +450,7 @@ begin
 
     if a.sons[1] <> nil then typ := semTypeNode(c, a.sons[1], nil)
     else typ := nil;
-    def := semConstExpr(c, a.sons[2]);
+    def := semAndEvalConstExpr(c, a.sons[2]);
     // check type compability between def.typ and typ:
     if (typ <> nil) then begin
       def := fitRemoveHiddenConv(c, typ, def);
@@ -495,7 +502,7 @@ begin
   iter := skipGeneric(n.sons[len-2].typ);
   openScope(c.tab);
   if iter.kind <> tyTuple then begin
-    if len <> 3 then liMessage(n.info, errWrongNumberOfLoopVariables);
+    if len <> 3 then liMessage(n.info, errWrongNumberOfVariables);
     v := newSymS(skForVar, n.sons[0], c);
     v.typ := iter;
     n.sons[0] := newSymNode(v);
@@ -503,7 +510,7 @@ begin
   end
   else begin
     if len-2 <> sonsLen(iter) then
-      liMessage(n.info, errWrongNumberOfLoopVariables);
+      liMessage(n.info, errWrongNumberOfVariables);
     for i := 0 to len-3 do begin
       v := newSymS(skForVar, n.sons[i], c);
       v.typ := iter.sons[i];
@@ -840,6 +847,7 @@ begin
   closeScope(c.tab); // close scope for parameters
   popOwner();
   c.p := oldP; // restore
+  result.typ := s.typ;
 end;
 
 function semProcAux(c: PContext; n: PNode; kind: TSymKind): PNode;

nim/semtypes.pas

@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ begin
   if templ = nil then begin result := nil; exit end;
   case templ.kind of
     nkSym: begin
-      if (templ.sym.kind = skTypeParam)
+      if (templ.sym.kind = skTypeParam) then
-      and (templ.sym.owner.id = sym.id) then
+      //and (templ.sym.owner.id = sym.id) then 
         result := copyTree(actual.sons[templ.sym.position+1])
       else
         result := copyNode(templ)
@@ -285,15 +285,18 @@ begin
   result.containerID := s.typ.containerID; // ... but the same containerID
   result.sym := s;
   if (s.typ.containerID = 0) then
-    InternalError(n.info, 'semGeneric');  
+    InternalError(n.info, 'semtypes.semGeneric');  
   for i := 1 to sonsLen(n)-1 do begin
     elem := semTypeNode(c, n.sons[i], nil);
-    if elem.kind = tyGenericParam then result.kind := tyGeneric;
+    if elem.kind = tyGenericParam then 
+      result.kind := tyGeneric; // prevend type from instantiation
     addSon(result, elem);
   end;
   if s.ast <> nil then begin
+    if (result.kind = tyGenericInst) then begin
       inst := instGenericAux(c, s.ast.sons[2], n, s);
-    if result.kind = tyGenericInst then begin
+      internalError(n.info, 'Generic containers not implemented');
+      // XXX: implementation does not work this way
       // does checking of instantiated type for us:
       elem := semTypeNode(c, inst, nil);
       elem.id := result.containerID;
@@ -304,6 +307,8 @@ begin
   end
   else
     liMessage(n.info, errCannotInstantiateX, s.name.s); 
+  (*if computeSize(result) < 0 then
+    liMessage(s.info, errIllegalRecursionInTypeX, s.name.s);*)
 end;
 
 function semIdentVis(c: PContext; kind: TSymKind; n: PNode;

nim/sigmatch.pas

@@ -80,20 +80,23 @@ var
 begin
   result := msgKindToString(errTypeMismatch);
   for i := 1 to sonsLen(n)-1 do begin
-    result := result +{&} typeToString(n.sons[i].typ);
+    debug(n.sons[i].typ);
-    if i <> sonsLen(n)-1 then result := result + ', ';
+    add(result, typeToString(n.sons[i].typ));
+    if i <> sonsLen(n)-1 then add(result, ', ');
   end;
   addChar(result, ')');
   candidates := '';
   sym := initOverloadIter(o, c, n.sons[0]);
   while sym <> nil do begin
-    if sym.kind in [skProc, skIterator, skConverter] then
+    if sym.kind in [skProc, skIterator, skConverter] then begin
-      candidates := candidates +{&} getProcHeader(sym) +{&} nl;
+      add(candidates, getProcHeader(sym));
+      add(candidates, nl)
+    end;
     sym := nextOverloadIter(o, c, n.sons[0]);
   end;
   if candidates <> '' then
-    result := result +{&} nl +{&} msgKindToString(errButExpected) +{&} nl
+    add(result, nl +{&} msgKindToString(errButExpected) +{&} nl
-            +{&} candidates;
+            +{&} candidates);
 end;
 
 function typeRel(var mapping: TIdTable; f, a: PType): TTypeRelation; overload;
@@ -431,7 +434,7 @@ begin // is a subtype of f?
     tyAnyEnum: begin
       case a.kind of
         tyRange: result := typeRel(mapping, f, base(a));
-        tyEnum:  result := isEqual;
+        tyEnum:  result := isSubtype;
         else begin end
       end
     end;

nim/strtabs.pas

@@ -8,8 +8,7 @@
 //
 unit strtabs;
 
-// A configuration file parser; the Nimrod version of this file
+// String tables.
-// will become part of the standard library.
 
 interface
 

nim/strutils.pas

@@ -75,13 +75,14 @@ const
 function strip(const s: string; const chars: TCharSet = WhiteSpace): string;
 function allCharsInSet(const s: string; const theSet: TCharSet): bool;
 
-function quoteIfSpaceExists(const s: string): string;
+function quoteIfContainsWhite(const s: string): string;
 
 implementation
 
-function quoteIfSpaceExists(const s: string): string;
+function quoteIfContainsWhite(const s: string): string;
 begin
-  if (findSubStr(' ', s) >= strStart) and (s[strStart] <> '"') then
+  if ((findSubStr(' ', s) >= strStart)
+  or (findSubStr(#9, s) >= strStart)) and (s[strStart] <> '"') then
     result := '"' +{&} s +{&} '"'
   else
     result := s

nim/tigen.pas

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+//
+//
+//           The Nimrod Compiler
+//        (c) Copyright 2008 Andreas Rumpf
+//
+//    See the file "copying.txt", included in this
+//    distribution, for details about the copyright.
+//
+
+unit tigen;
+
+// Type information generator. It transforms types into the AST of walker
+// procs. This is used by the code generators.
+
+interface
+
+{$include 'config.inc'}
+
+uses
+  nsystem, ast, astalgo, strutils, hashes, trees, treetab, platform, magicsys,
+  options, msgs, crc, idents, lists, types, rnimsyn;
+  
+function gcWalker(t: PType): PNode;
+function initWalker(t: PType): PNode;
+function asgnWalker(t: PType): PNode;
+function reprWalker(t: PType): PNode;
+
+implementation
+
+function gcWalker(t: PType): PNode;
+begin
+end;
+
+function initWalker(t: PType): PNode;
+begin
+end;
+
+function asgnWalker(t: PType): PNode;
+begin
+end;
+
+function reprWalker(t: PType): PNode;
+begin
+end;
+
+end.
+

nim/transf.pas

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ interface
 uses
   sysutils, nsystem, charsets, strutils,
   lists, options, ast, astalgo, trees, treetab, 
-  msgs, nos, idents, rnimsyn, types, passes, semfold;
+  msgs, nos, idents, rnimsyn, types, passes, semfold, magicsys;
 
 const
   genPrefix = ':tmp'; // prefix for generated names
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ More efficient, but not implementable:
 
 function newAsgnStmt(c: PTransf; le, ri: PNode): PNode;
 begin
-  result := newNodeI(nkAsgn, ri.info);
+  result := newNodeI(nkFastAsgn, ri.info);
   addSon(result, le);
   addSon(result, ri);
 end;
@@ -224,6 +224,28 @@ begin
   end
 end;
 
+function newTupleAccess(tup: PNode; i: int): PNode;
+var
+  lit: PNode;
+begin
+  result := newNodeIT(nkBracketExpr, tup.info, tup.typ.sons[i]);
+  addSon(result, copyTree(tup));
+  lit := newNodeIT(nkIntLit, tup.info, getSysType(tyInt));
+  lit.intVal := i;
+  addSon(result, lit);
+end;
+
+procedure unpackTuple(c: PTransf; n, father: PNode);
+var
+  i: int;
+begin
+  // XXX: BUG: what if `n` is an expression with side-effects?
+  for i := 0 to sonsLen(n)-1 do begin
+    addSon(father, newAsgnStmt(c, c.transCon.forStmt.sons[i],
+           transform(c, newTupleAccess(n, i))));
+  end
+end;
+
 function transformYield(c: PTransf; n: PNode): PNode;
 var
   e: PNode;
@@ -239,10 +261,8 @@ begin
                transform(c, copyTree(e.sons[i]))));
       end
     end
-    else begin
+    else 
-      // XXX: tuple unpacking:
+      unpackTuple(c, e, result);
-      internalError(n.info, 'tuple unpacking is not implemented');
-    end
   end
   else begin
     e := transform(c, copyTree(e));
@@ -523,7 +543,7 @@ end;
 (*
   # example:
   proc map(f: proc (x: int): int {.closure}, a: seq[int]): seq[int] =
-    result = []
+    result = @[]
     for elem in a:
       add result, f(a)
 
@@ -534,12 +554,12 @@ end;
 
   proc map(f: proc(x: int): int, closure: pointer,
            a: seq[int]): seq[int] =
-    result = []
+    result = @[]
     for elem in a:
       add result, f(a, closure)
 
   type
-    PMyClosure = ref record
+    PMyClosure = ref object
       y: var int
 
   proc myLambda(x: int, closure: pointer) =

nim/types.pas

@@ -638,15 +638,15 @@ begin
         assert(sonsLen(t.n) = sonsLen(t));
         for i := 0 to sonsLen(t.n)-1 do begin
           assert(t.n.sons[i].kind = nkSym);
-          result := result +{&} t.n.sons[i].sym.name.s +{&} ': '
+          add(result, t.n.sons[i].sym.name.s +{&} ': '
-                  +{&} typeToString(t.sons[i]);
+                  +{&} typeToString(t.sons[i]));
-          if i < sonsLen(t.n)-1 then result := result +{&} ', ';
+          if i < sonsLen(t.n)-1 then add(result, ', ');
         end
       end
       else begin
         for i := 0 to sonsLen(t)-1 do begin
-          result := result +{&} typeToString(t.sons[i]);
+          add(result, typeToString(t.sons[i]));
-          if i < sonsLen(t)-1 then result := result +{&} ', ';
+          if i < sonsLen(t)-1 then add(result, ', ');
         end
       end;
       addChar(result, ']')
@@ -659,14 +659,14 @@ begin
     tyProc: begin
       result := 'proc (';
       for i := 1 to sonsLen(t)-1 do begin
-        result := result +{&} typeToString(t.sons[i]);
+        add(result, typeToString(t.sons[i]));
-        if i < sonsLen(t)-1 then result := result +{&} ', ';
+        if i < sonsLen(t)-1 then add(result, ', ');
       end;
       addChar(result, ')');
       if t.sons[0] <> nil then
-        result := result +{&} ': ' +{&} TypeToString(t.sons[0]);
+        add(result, ': ' +{&} TypeToString(t.sons[0]));
       if t.callConv <> ccDefault then
-        result := result +{&} '{.' +{&} CallingConvToStr[t.callConv] +{&} '.}';
+        add(result, '{.' +{&} CallingConvToStr[t.callConv] +{&} '.}');
     end;
     else begin
       result := typeToStr[t.kind]